Xerox Workcentre 3315 3325 Users Manual User_guide_

3315DN to the manual 9338c97a-206b-4736-9ec6-56a5d155b78a

2015-04-02

: Xerox Xerox-Workcentre-3315-3325-Users-Manual-684639 xerox-workcentre-3315-3325-users-manual-684639 xerox pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 262 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Table of Contents
Getting Started
Copy
Scan
E-mail
Fax
Print
USB Port
CentreWare Internet Services
Paper and Media
Machine Status and Setups
General Care and Troubleshooting
Specifications
Safety

Version 1.1

December 2013

Xerox® WorkCentre™

3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

States and/or other countries.

Document Version 1.1: December 2013

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Table of Contents

1 Getting Started

Machine Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

Powering on the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Control Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Loading Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Loading Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Media Output Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Machine Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

General Care and Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Further Assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

2Copy

Copy Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Copy Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Using the Layout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Media Output Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

3Scan

Scanning Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Scan Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Scan Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Scan Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Scan Using TWAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Scan Using WIA Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Macintosh Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Linux Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

4E-mail

E-mail Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

E-mail Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Smart Key Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

5Fax

Fax Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Fax Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Using Fax Send Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Using Secure Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Fax from PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Receiving Faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

6Print

Printing using Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Wireless Setting Program

(WorkCentre 3325DNI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

SetIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Printing using Macintosh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Printing using Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Printing using Unix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

7USB Port

Inserting the USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Scanning to USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Printing from USB Memory Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Managing USB Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

8 CentreWare Internet Services

Using CentreWare Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

9 Paper and Media

Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Setting Paper Size and Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Media Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

10 Machine Status and Setups

Machine Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Machine Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Toner Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Information Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Feature Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Print Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Local Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

11 General Care and Troubleshooting

General Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Further Assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

12 Specifications

Machine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Feature Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

13 Safety

Notices and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Safety Labels and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Operational Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Basic Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Copy Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Fax Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Material Safety Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Product Recycling and Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Energy Program Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Index

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Getting Started

This chapter includes:

•Machine Overview on page 8

•Powering on the Machine on page 11

•Control Panel Overview on page 12

•Software on page 16

•Loading Paper on page 18

•Loading Documents on page 22

•Media Output Locations on page 23

•Machine Status on page 25

•General Care and Consumables on page 29

•Further Assistance on page 30

Machine Overview

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Overview

Before you use your machine, take some time to familiarize yourself with the various features and

options.

Front View

Automatic Document Feeder Cover Bypass Tray

Automatic Document Feeder Width Guides Output Tray

Automatic Document Feeder Input Tray Control Panel

Automatic Document Feeder Output Tray Bypass Tray Extension

Front Cover Bypass Tray Width Guides

Control Board Cover Output Tray Support

Handle Document Glass Cover

Paper Level Indicator Document Glass

Paper Tray 2 (Optional) USB Memory Device Port

Paper Tray 1

1 2

Machine Overview

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Rear View

Network Port Rear Door

IEEE 1284 Parallel Connector (Optional) Paper Tray Rear Cover

Power Switch Telephone Line Socket

Power Receptacle Extension Telephone Socket

Duplex Unit

7 8

5 6

Machine Overview

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Product Configurations

Note: The internal Mass Storage Device (HDD) is used on the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI

models to support Secure Print, Delayed Print, Proof Print, Spooling of Scan to FTP/SMB jobs and

Stored Jobs, and to provide an increased capacity for downloaded fonts.

Component WorkCentre

3325DNI

WorkCentre

3325DN

WorkCentre

3315DN

Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (50

sheets)

Standard Standard Not Applicable

Automatic Document Feeder (50 sheets) Not Applicable Not Applicable Standard

Paper Tray 1 (250 sheets) Standard Standard Standard

Bypass Tray (50 sheets) Standard Standard Standard

Paper Tray 2 (520 sheets) Optional Optional Optional

Copy Standard Standard Standard

Scan to SMB and FTP Standard Standard Not Applicable

Network Printing Standard Standard Standard

E-mail Standard Standard Standard

Scan Standard Standard Standard

Scan To and Print From USB Standard Standard Standard

Embedded Fax Standard Standard Standard

USB Memory Device Port Standard Standard Standard

Memory Expansion (Option) 512MB 512MB 256MB

Mass Storage Device (HDD) 2GB 2GB Not applicable

Wireless Enabled Standard Not Applicable Not Applicable

Powering on the Machine

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Powering on the Machine

The On/Off switch and the power cable socket are at the rear of the machine.

1. Connect the AC Power Cord to the machine and a

power outlet. The power cord must be plugged into a

grounded power socket.

2. Press the ON/OFF switch to the ON (I) position.

Power Save

This machine contains advanced energy conservation

technology that reduces power consumption when it is not in

active use.

• When the printer does not receive data for an extended

period of time, the Power Save mode becomes active and power consumption is automatically

lowered.

•Press the Power Save button to select the Power Save mode immediately.

To restore the machine to a normal state, press any button.

Note: When in Power Save mode, the machine will not recognize when a USB Memory Device is

inserted into the USB port. Press any button to restore the machine to a normal state and reinsert

the USB Memory Device into the port.

Powering off the Machine

There are two ways to switch the machine off:

•Press the ON/OFF switch to the (O) position.

•Press the Power Save button and select Power Down and then OK.

Control Panel Overview

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Control Panel Overview

.com

17 18

Copy: Activates Copy mode.

Scan: Activates Scan mode.

E-mail: Activates E-mail mode.

Fax: Activates Fax mode.

Display Screen: Displays all the available programming features, plus general machine

information.

Status / Wireless LED: The color of the LEDs indicates the machine’s current status. For

more information refer to Status / Wireless LED on page 188. (3325DNI only)

Paper Supply: Used to select a paper tray for the Copy job.

2 Sided: Used to select whether your originals are 1 sided or 2 sided, or to produce 1 or 2

sided output.

Job Status: Displays job options for active and saved jobs. You can print or delete active

jobs or saved jobs.

Machine Status: Accesses machine information, status information, the machine serial

number and various reports to print.

Menu: Enters Menu Mode and enables you to access options and settings.

Arrows: The up/down and left/right arrows are used to scroll through the options available

in the selected menu, and to increase or decrease values.

OK: Confirms the selection on the screen.

Control Panel Overview

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using the Keypad

As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter names and numbers. For example, when you set

up your machine, you enter your name or your company’s name, and the fax number. When you store

fax numbers or e-mail addresses in memory, you may also enter the corresponding names.

1. When you are prompted to enter a letter, locate

the button labeled with the character you want.

Press the button until the correct letter appears

on the display.

• For example, to enter the letter O, press 6,

labeled with MNO.

• Each time you press 6, the display shows a

different letter, M, N, O, m, n, o and finally 6.

2. You can enter special characters, such as @ / . & +

-. Refer to Keypad Characters on page 14.

3. To enter additional letters, repeat step 1. If the next letter is printed on the same button wait 2

seconds between presses, or move the cursor by pressing the right arrow and then press the button

again. The cursor will move to the right and the next letter will appear on the display.

Back: Used to go back one level in the menu.

Address Book: Used to search for stored fax numbers or e-mail addresses.

Manual Dial + .com: In Fax mode, opens the fax line. In E-mail mode provides access to

commonly used e-mail address text, for example .com or .org. The text available can be

customized using CentreWare Internet Services.

Keypad: Used to enter alphanumeric characters.

Pause / Redial: In standby mode redials the last number. In edit mode inserts a pause into

a fax number.

‘C’ Cancel Entry: Cancels the previous entry made on the keypad.

Interrupt Printing: Interrupts the current job to run a more urgent job.

(Not applicable to the 3315DN)

Clear All: Clears the last selections made.

Power Save: Sends the machine into Power Save mode or Power Down. Press the button

again to restart a powered off machine.

Stop: Pressing the Stop button stops the job in progress. Pressing Stop also exits the Menu

Mode. If you have logged in to use the machine, pressing Stop will bring up the Log Out

option.

Start: Activates a job.

.com

Control Panel Overview

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

If you make a mistake while entering a number or name, press the left arrow to delete the last

digit or character. Then enter the correct number or character.

4. When you have finished entering all characters, press OK.

Keypad Characters

Inserting a Pause

With some telephone systems, you must dial an

access code (9, for example) and listen for a second

dial tone. In such cases, you must insert a pause in the

telephone number. You can insert a pause while you

are setting up speed dial numbers.

To insert a pause, press Pause / Redial at the

appropriate place while entering the telephone

number. A dash [ - ] appears on the display at the

corresponding location.

Key Assigned Numbers, Letters or Characters

1@ / . ‘ 1

2A B C a b c 2

3D E F d e f 3

4G H I g h i 4

5J K L j k l 5

6M N O m n o 6

7P Q R S p q r s 7

8T U V t u v 8

9W X Y Z w x y z 9

0& + - , 0 _

* *

# #

Control Panel Overview

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Menu Overview

The control panel provides access to various menus. These menus can be accessed by pressing the

appropriate service button e.g. Copy, Scan, E-mail or Fax and the Menu button or by inserting a USB

device. The menu options available are as follows:

Note: Some menu options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and

whether the machine is in the Ready state. Also, for some services such as E-mail and Fax,

additional selections or setups may be required before the Menu options can be accessed.

Copy Menu

Insert USB

Device

Scan

E-mail

Menu Fax Menu Machine

Status Menu

Job

Status

•Original Size

•Reduce/Enlarge

• Lighten/Darken

•Contrast

• Original Type

•Layout

•Background

Suppression

• Margin Shift

•Edge Erase

USB

Options:

•Print

From USB

•Scan To

USB

•Manage

Files

• Available

Space

Scan To:

•USB

• Local PC

• Network

•SMB

•FTP

•WSD

Scan

Features:

•USB

Feature

•FTP

Feature

•SMB

Feature

•Original

Size

•Original

Type

•Resolution

•Output

Color

• Lighten /

Darken

•Contrast

• Lighten /

Darken

•Contrast

•Resolution

•Original

Size

•Multi Send

• Delay Send

• Priority

Send

• Forward

•Secure

Receive

• Machine

Information

• Toner Level

• Information

Pages

•Feature

Defaults

•Print Setup

•Fax Setup

•System

Setup

• Network

Settings

• Local Drive

•Active

Jobs

•Saved

Jobs

Software

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Software

After you have set up your machine and connected it to your computer, you must install the printer

and scanner software. The software required for Windows or Macintosh is supplied on the CD delivered

with your machine, additional software can be downloaded from www.xerox.com. The following

software is available:

CD OS Contents

Printer

Software

Windows •Printer Driver: Use the printer driver to take full advantage of your

printer’s features. PCL6, Postscript and XPS drivers are provided.

•MFP PC Fax: Use to fax directly from your PC.

•Scanner Driver: TWAIN and Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) drivers

are available for scanning documents on your machine.

•Xerox Scan Assistant: Used to adjust scan settings and start the

scanning process directly from your computer. The preview window

allows you to view the scan and make adjustments as necessary and

preferred settings can be preserved as ‘favorites’ and added to a

pre-defined list.

•Xerox Easy Print Manager (EPM): Conveniently combines access to

device settings, printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan

to PC, Fax to PC, and launching applications such as Xerox Scan

Assistant and CentreWare Internet Services in one location.

Note: Login is required to change Printer Settings.

•Wireless Setting Program: When installing the WorkCentre 3325DNI

you can use the Wireless Setting program that was automatically

installed with the printer driver to configure the wireless settings.

•SetIP program: A utility program allowing you to select a network

interface and manually configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP

protocol.

Printer

Software

Linux •Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s

features.

•Scanner Driver: A SANE driver is available for scanning documents on

your machine.

Note: Linux software is available on xerox.com only.

Software

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printer

Software

Unix •Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s

features.

Note: Unix software is available on xerox.com only.

Printer

Software CD

Macintosh •Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s

features.

•Scanner Driver: A TWAIN driver is available for scanning documents on

your machine.

•SetIP program: A utility program allowing you to select a network

interface and manually configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP

protocol.

•Smart Panel: This utility enables remote management, displaying toner

levels, printer status, and problem alerts.

•Scan and Fax Manager: This utility allows you to configure MFP PC Fax

and Scan settings.

CD OS Contents

Loading Paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Loading Paper

Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional)

The paper level indicator on the front of trays 1 and 2 shows

the amount of paper currently left in the tray. When the tray

is empty, the indicator is completely lowered as shown in the

illustration: shows full, shows empty. Paper tray 1

can hold up to 250 sheets and paper tray 2 (optional) can

hold up to 520 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m2) paper. For more

media specifications, refer to Media Specifications on

page 225.

To load the paper:

1. Pull out the paper tray and load paper into the tray, print

side down. Do not fill above the Maximum Fill line

indicated by the symbol .

2. Slide the paper length guide until it lightly touches the

end of the paper stack.

1 2



Loading Paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

3. Position the side guide by squeezing the lever and sliding

it towards the stack of paper, until it gently touches the

side of the stack.

4. Insert the paper tray into the machine.

5. After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size

and type using the control panel. Press OK to confirm the

settings or Stop to change the settings. These settings

will apply to Copy and Fax modes.

6. When printing from your computer, ensure you press the

Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,

color and type. Not confirming the paper details may

result in printing delays. For information about setting

the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to

Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the

control panel.

For more information on loading paper, refer to Paper and Media on page 143.

Bypass Tray

The bypass tray is located on the front of your machine. It can be closed when not in use, making the

product more compact. Use the bypass tray to print transparencies, labels, envelopes or postcards in

addition to making quick runs of paper types or sizes that are not currently loaded in the main paper

tray.

The bypass tray can hold a maximum of 50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper, 5 transparency

sheets or 5 envelopes.

1. Lower the bypass tray and unfold the paper support

extension .

2. Prepare a stack of paper for loading by flexing or fanning

it back and forth. Straighten the edges on a level surface.

Remove any curl on postcards, envelopes and labels

before loading them into the bypass tray.

When using the bypass tray for special media it may be

necessary to use the rear door for the output. For further

information refer to Media Output Locations on page 23.

3. Load the print material between the width guides with

the print side facing up.

Note: Hold transparencies by the edges and avoid

touching the print side.

Loading Paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

4. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print

material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print

media. The stack should be below the Maximum Fill line

indicated by the symbol .

5. When printing from your computer, ensure you press the

Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,

color and type. Not confirming the paper details may

result in printing delays. For information about setting

the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to

Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your

computer override the settings on the control panel.

6. After printing, remove any unfed paper and close the

bypass tray.

Duplex Unit

The duplex unit is preset to either Letter size or A4 depending on your country. To change the size of

the duplex unit, follow the instructions below.

1. Pull the duplex unit out of the machine.

2. Adjust the guides to match the size of paper you will be

using.



Loading Paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

3. Insert the duplex unit back into the machine, aligning

the edges of the unit with the feed grooves on the inside

of the machine. Make sure the duplex unit is fully pushed

in.

Loading Documents

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Loading Documents

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray

of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the

document.

Document Glass

The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and

magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single

documents face down on the document glass aligned

with the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other

sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer

to Copy Options on page 36 for further information.

Note: Documents are only scanned once even when

several copies are selected.

Media Output Locations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Media Output Locations

The machine has two output locations:

•Output tray (face down) up to a maximum of 150

sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper.

•Rear door (face up) one sheet at a time.

The machine sends output to the output tray by default. If special media such as envelopes print out

with wrinkles, curl, creases or black bold lines, the rear door should be used for the output. Open the

rear door and keep it open while printing one sheet at a time.

Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door

open will cause paper jams.

Using the Output Tray

The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the order in which the sheets were printed. The

output tray should be used for most jobs. When the output tray is full, a message displays on the

control panel.

Media Output Locations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

To u s e t he output tray, make sure that the rear door is closed.

Notes:

•If paper coming out of the output tray has problems, such as excessive curl, try printing

to the rear door.

•To reduce paper jams, do not open or close the rear door while the printer is printing.

Using the Rear Door

When using the rear door, paper comes out of the machine

face up. Printing from the bypass tray to the rear door

provides a straight paper path and might improve the output

quality when printing on special media. Whenever the rear

door is open, the output is delivered there.

Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex

jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause

paper jams.

CAUTION: The fuser area inside the rear door of your

machine becomes very hot when in use. Take care when

you access this area.

Machine Status

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Status

The Machine Status button provides information about the machine and access to the machine

setups. After your machine is installed, it is recommended that the settings and options are customized

by the System Administrator to fully meet the requirements of the Users. Access to these options is

usually password protected. Please discuss your requirements with your System or Machine

Administrator to ensure you get optimum performance from your machine.

The Machine Status options include machine information, toner level, information pages, feature

defaults, system setups and network settings. These options are described below.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Machine Information

Use this option to access the following information:

•Model

• Printer Name

•DNS Name

•IP Address

• IPv6 Address

• Serial Number

• Activation Date

•Billing Counters

Toner Level

Use this option to check the level of toner in the print cartridge. The toner level is indicated on the

status bar.

Information Pages

This option allows the user to print the following reports:

Report Description

Menu Map Prints the menu map which shows the layout and current settings of this

machine.

All Reports This option enables you to print all the reports and information pages.

Configuration This report provides information about your machine setup, including

the serial number, IP Address, installed options and the software

version.

Demo Page The demo page is printed to check the quality of the print.

Machine Status

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Supplies Info Prints the supplies information page.

Address Book This list shows all of the Fax and E-mail addresses currently stored in the

machine’s memory.

Fax Send This report shows the fax number, the number of pages, the elapsed

time of the job, the communication mode, and the communication

results for a particular Fax job.

Note: You can set up your machine to automatically print a Send Report

after each Fax job. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)

Fax Sent This report shows information on the faxes you have recently sent.

Note: You can set the machine to automatically print this report every

50 communications. (See Auto Report on page 169.)

E-mail Sent This report shows information on the e-mails you have recently sent.

Fax Received This report shows information on the faxes you have recently received.

Scheduled Job This list shows the documents currently stored for delayed faxing along

with the start time and type of each operation.

Junk Fax This list shows the fax numbers specified as junk fax numbers. To add or

delete numbers, access the Junk Fax Setup menu. (See Fax Setup on

page 166.)

Network Configuration This list shows information about your machine’s network connection

and configuration.

User Auth. This list shows users who are authorized to use the e-mail function.

PCL Font Prints the PCL font list.

PS Font Prints the PS font list.

EPSON Font Prints the EPSON font list.

Stored Jobs Prints jobs currently stored on the optional memory or HDD within the

machine.

Completed Jobs Prints a list of completed jobs.

Net User Auth. Prints users and their IDs who logged into the Domain.

Usage Counter This list shows the number of impressions made on the machine. The list

includes:

• Total Impressions

• Black Impressions

• Maint. Impressions

• Sheets

• 2 Sided Sheets

Fax Options Prints fax setup information.

Report Description

Machine Status

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Feature Defaults

Your machine provides default settings for Copy, Scan, E-mail and Fax so that you can quickly and

easily make selections for your job. The default selections can be changed by selecting the Machine

Status button on the control panel and the down arrow to select Feature Defaults. A password may be

required to access and change the System Setup settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Copy Defaults

The default selections for the Copy options including Original size, Quantity, Collation, Reduce/Enlarge,

Lighten/Darken, Contrast and Original Type can be set to those most frequently used. When you copy a

document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the current job. Once the

current job is complete the settings return to the default settings. A password may be required to

access and change the default settings.

Scan Defaults

The default selections for the Scan options including Original Size, Original Type, Resolution, Output

Color, File Format, Lighten/Darken and Contrast, can be set to those most frequently used for the Scan

to USB, Scan to FTP and Scan to SMB options. When you scan a document, the default settings are

used unless they have been changed for the current job. A password may be required to access and

change the default settings.

E-mail Defaults

The default selections for the E-mail options, including Original Size, Original Type, Resolution, Output

Color, File Format, Lighten/Darken and Contrast can be set to those most frequently used. When you

e-mail a document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the current job.

Once the current job is complete the settings return to the default settings. A password may be

required to access and change the default settings.

Fax Setup

Your machine provides you with various user-selectable options for setting up the fax system. You can

change the default settings for your preferences and needs. Receiving and Sending settings can be

customized. A password may be required to access and change the Fax Setup settings.

Print Setup

You can change the default settings for various options within the print environment to meet your

preferences and needs. A password may be required to access and change the Print Setup settings.

Machine Status

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

System Setup

System Setup options enable you to customize settings which are specific to the machine, such as Date

& Time and Power Save. A password may be required to access and change the System Setup settings.

Network Settings

You may set up the network using the machine's display screen. Before doing that, you must have the

relevant information concerning the type of network protocols and computer system you use. If you

are not sure which setting to use, contact your System Administrator to configure this machine on the

network. A password may be required to access and change the Network Settings.

Local Drive (WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI only)

Enables a location on the machine’s hard drive to be set up for stored scan, print and fax jobs.

Note: For full instructions on accessing and customizing the machine settings, refer to Machine

Status and Setups on page 153.

General Care and Consumables

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

General Care and Consumables

There is only one customer replaceable consumable in the machine, the print cartridge.To place an

order for Xerox consumables, please contact your local Xerox Representative giving your Company

Name, product number and the machine serial number. Supplies can also be ordered from

www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.

The machine serial number can be displayed by pressing the Machine Status button, then highlighting

Machine Information and pressing OK. For further information about locating the serial number,

please refer to Locating the Serial Number on page 221.

Print Cartridge

To avoid print quality problems resulting from worn parts and

to maintain your machine in top working condition, the print

cartridge will need to be replaced after printing the specified

number of pages or when the life span of the cartridge has

expired.

The machine will display a message when the print cartridge

needs to be replaced. Only replace the cartridge when a

message instructs you to do so or when instructed by a Xerox

representative. To replace the print cartridge, follow the

instructions provided within this guide or with the

consumable.

To re place the print cartridge, refer to General Care and

Troubleshooting on page 181. To purchase a new print

cartridge, contact your local Xerox representative or authorized dealer. Supplies can also be ordered

from www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.

Cleaning Tasks

Performing regular cleaning activities ensures the machine is kept free of dust and debris. The machine

covers, control panel and automatic document feeder should all be cleaned using a soft lint-free cloth,

lightly dampened with water. Xerox Cleaning Fluid or Anti-Static Cleaner can be used to clean the

document glass, but must be applied using a cloth and not poured directly on the document glass.

Remove any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.

For further information on maintenance tasks, refer to General Care and Troubleshooting on page 181.

Further Assistance

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Further Assistance

For any additional help visit our customer web site at www.xerox.com or contact the Xerox Support

Center quoting the machine serial number.

Xerox Support Center

If a fault cannot be resolved by following the display instructions, check Error Messages on page 198. If

the difficulty persists, contact the Xerox Support Center. The Xerox Support Center will want to know

the nature of the problem, the machine serial number, the fault code (if any) plus the name and

location of your company.

For information about locating the serial number, please refer to Locating the Serial Number on

page 221.

Documentation

Most answers to your questions will be provided by the documentation that is supplied on CD with the

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI. Alternatively you can access the documents from

www.xerox.com/support.

• Install Guide - contains information about installing the machine.

•Quick Use Guide - provides basic information on how to use the machine.

•User Guide (this document) - contains instructions and information about all the features on the

machine.

•System Administration Guide - provides detailed instructions and information about connecting

your machine to the network and installing optional features.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy

This chapter includes:

•Copy Procedure on page 32

•Copy Options on page 36

•Using the Layout Options on page 39

•Media Output Locations on page 43

Copy Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy Procedure

This section describes the basic procedure for making copies:

•Loading Documents on page 32

•Select the Features on page 33

•Enter the Quantity on page 34

•Start the Job on page 34

•Check the Job Status on page 35

•Stop the Copy Job on page 35

If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an

account, or for more information, contact your System Administrator.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Loading Documents

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray

of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the

document.

Copy Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Document Glass

The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and

magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single

documents face down on the document glass aligned

with the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other

sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer

to Copy Options on page 36 for further information.

Note: Documents are only scanned once even when

several copies are selected.

Select the Features

Various features can be selected for your Copy job. The paper and 2 sided options are selected from

buttons on the control panel. Additional Copy options are available through the Menu button. Once

you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

1. Press the Copy button on the control panel.

2. Press the Paper Supply button on the control

panel:

•Auto Select: With this option selected, the

machine chooses the correct paper for the

Copy job based on the size of the originals

being scanned.

•Tray 1: Use this option to select the paper

loaded in Tray 1.

•Tray 2: Use this option to select the paper loaded in Tray 2.

Note: Tray 1 can hold 250 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper and the optional tray 2 can hold 520

sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper. Weight ranges from 16 - 43 lbs bond (60 - 163 g/m²). Sizes range

from 105 x 148 mm to 216 x 356 mm (A6 to Legal).

•Bypass Tray: Use this option when feeding individual types of stock, for example letterhead

or labels for one-off jobs.

Note: The bypass tray holds up to 50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper or up to 5 transparency

sheets or up to 5 envelopes. Weight ranges from 16 - 58 lbs bond (60 - 220 g/m²). Sizes range from

76 x 127 mm (custom) to 216 x 356 mm (Legal).

Select the Paper Supply option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.

Copy Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

For more information, refer to Paper and Media on page 143.

3. Press the 2 Sided button on the control panel. Two-sided copies can be made automatically from

one or two-sided originals:

•1 1 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals when 1 sided copies are required.

•1 2 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals when 2 sided copies are required.

•1 2 Sided, Rotate Side 2: This option produces 2 sided copies from 1 sided originals and

rotates 180 degrees every second side image. Use this option to create documents which can

be read in a “head to toe” manner, for example a calendar.

•2 2 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals when 2 sided copies are required.

•2 1 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals when 1 sided copies are required.

•2 1 Sided, Rotate Side 2: This option produces 1 sided copies from 2 sided originals and

rotates 180 degrees every second side image. The “read” orientation for this option varies

depending on the input originals. For example, if “head to head” orientation originals are

scanned, the output will be “head to toe”. If “head to toe” orientation originals are scanned,

the output produced will be “head to head”.

Select the 2 Sided option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.

Note: Not all the 2 sided options are available on the WorkCentre 3315DN.

4. Additional Copy options are available through the Menu button. For information about

programming additional options, refer to Copy Options on page 36.

Enter the Quantity

• The maximum copy quantity is 999.

• Use the keypad on the control panel to enter the number of copies required. The number entered

is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the display.

Note: To cancel an incorrect entry, press the C button and enter the correct quantity.

Start the Job

1. Press the Start button. Each document is scanned only once.

2. If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready

to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.

The images are scanned and the Copy job is printed.

Copy Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Check the Job Status

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel

to display job status information.

2. A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.

Select your job using the up/down arrows and

press OK.

3. The following Job Options are available:

For active jobs:

• Release

•Cancel

For saved jobs:

•Print

• Delete

Interrupt the Copy Job

To interrupt the active Copy job so that a more urgent job can take priority:

1. Press the Job Interrupt button on the control panel.

2. Remove the active job originals from the automatic document feeder or from the document glass.

3. Program the priority job.

4. Place the originals for the priority job on the document glass or in the automatic document feeder.

5. Press Start.

6. When the priority job is complete, press the Job Interrupt button again.

7. Replace the originals from the first job and press start. The interrupted job will resume copying.

Stop the Copy Job

Follow the steps below to cancel an active Copy job.

1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.

Follow the steps below to cancel a queued Copy job.

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.

2. Use the up/down arrows and select the job required, press OK.

3. Select Delete and OK.

4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.

Copy Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy Options

Your machine provides the following options to customize your Copy jobs. Use the Menu button to

access the options. For information about changing the default Copy settings, refer to Feature Defaults

on page 159.

Notes:

•Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

•If you press Stop while setting the Copy options, all of the options you have set for the

current Copy job will be canceled and return to their default status after the machine

completes the Copy job in progress.

Feature Description Options

Original Size Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be

scanned.

•A4

•A5

•B5

•Letter

•Legal

•Executive

•Folio

•Oficio

Reduce/Enlarge Originals can be reduced

or enlarged between 25%

and 400% when using the

document glass, or from

25% to 100% when using

the automatic document

feeder.

•100 %: Produces an image on the copies the same size

as the image on the original.

•Variable %: Use the keypad or the up/down arrows to

enter the percentage required.

•Auto Fit: Reduces or enlarges the image on the copies

based on the size of the original and the size of the

selected output paper.

•Presets: The most commonly used reduce/enlarge

percentages have been provided as preset options.

These preset options can be customized by your

System or Machine Administrator to meet individual

needs.

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

•Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to

the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark

print.

•Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed

originals.

•Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments

to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with

light print.

Copy Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Contrast Increases or decreases the

contrast between light and

dark areas of the image.

•Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to

the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.

•Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.

•More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments

up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.

Original Type The Original Type setting is

used to improve the image

quality by selecting the

document type for the

originals.

•Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

•Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and

photographs.

•Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Layout This option is used to copy

multiple documents onto

one sheet of paper, copy

from book originals, create

booklet output and

produce documents which

can be pasted together to

make a poster.

•Normal: Select this option to match the layout of the

originals.

•2 Up: This feature is used to copy two documents, in a

reduced size, onto one sheet of paper.

•4 Up: This feature is used to copy four documents, in a

reduced size, onto one sheet of paper.

•ID Card Copy: The machine prints one side of the

original on the upper half of the paper and the other

side on the lower half without reducing the size of the

original.

•Poster Copy: Your original will be divided into 9

portions. You can paste the printed pages together to

make one poster-sized document.

•Clone Copy: The machine prints multiple original

images onto a single page. The number of images is

automatically determined by the machine based on

the original size and the paper size.

•Book Copy: Use when copying bound documents and

books.

•Booklet Creation: This allows you to print your

document on both sides of the paper and arranges

the pages so that the paper can be folded in half after

printing to produce a booklet.

Refer to Using the Layout Options on page 39 for

instructions.

Background

Suppression

Use to automatically

reduce or eliminate the

dark background resulting

from scanning colored

paper or newspaper

originals.

•Off: Select if Background Suppression is not required.

•Auto: Select to automatically eliminate background.

•Enhance: Levels 1 to 4: Suppresses the background

color in increments, level 4 representing the greatest

amount of background elimination.

Feature Description Options

Copy Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Margin Shift Allows you to shift the

image on the page by a

specified amount.

•Off: Select if Margin Shift is not required.

•Auto Center: Automatically copies the image in the

center of the page. This feature is only available when

you place originals on the document glass.

•Custom Margin: Use the numeric keypad to enter the

left, right, top or bottom margin amount from

0 to 20 mm.

Edge Erase Allows you to erase spots,

drill holes, fold creases and

staple marks along any of

the four edges of a

document.

•Off: Select if Edge Erase is not required.

•Small Original: erases the edge of the original if it is

small. This feature is only available when you place

originals on the document glass.

•Hole Punch: Erases the marks from book binding

holes.

•Book Center: Erases the middle part of the page to

eliminate the dark horizontal marks reproduced when

you copy a book. This feature is only available when

you place originals on the document glass.

•Border Erase: Use the numeric keypad to enter the

left, right, top or bottom amount of margin to erase.

Feature Description Options

Using the Layout Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using the Layout Options

This option is used to copy multiple documents onto one sheet of paper, copy from book originals,

create booklet output and produce documents which can be pasted together to make a poster.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

2 Up or 4 Up Copying

This feature is used to copy two or more documents, in a

reduced size, onto one sheet of paper. It is ideal for creating

handouts, storyboards or documents used for archival

purposes.

Note: Originals must be loaded in the automatic

document feeder when using this feature.

1. Press Copy on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.

4. Select the option required:

•Normal: Copies an original onto one sheet of paper.

•2 Up: Copies two separate originals onto one sheet of paper.

•4 Up: Copies four separate originals onto one sheet of paper.

Note: For landscape originals, place the top of the document at the back of the feeder. For portrait

originals, place the top of the document to the left.

5. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.

6. Load originals and press Start.

ID Card Copy

The machine prints one side of the original on the upper half

of the paper and the other side on the lower half without

reducing the size of the original. This feature is helpful for

copying a small-sized item, such as a business card.

Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place

originals on the document glass. If the original is larger

than the printable area, some portions may not be

printed.

Your machine can print 2 sided originals on one sheet of A4, Letter, Legal, Folio, Executive, B5, A5, or A6

paper.

1. Press Copy on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.

1 2

3 4

Using the Layout Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight ID Card Copy and press OK.

5. Press Menu to return to the top level menu.

6. Place the front side of the original face down on the

document glass, aligned with the tip of the registration

arrow and close the automatic document feeder.

7. Press Start.

Place Front Side Press OK appears on the display. Press

OK on the control panel.

Your machine begins scanning the front side and shows

Place Rear Side Press Start.

8. Turn the original over and place the rear side of the

original face down on the document glass and close the

automatic document feeder.

9. Press Start on the control panel to begin copying.

Book Copy

This feature enables you to specify which page or pages of a

book are to be scanned. The book original is placed face down

on the document glass with the spine of the book lined up

with the book marker.

1. Press Copy on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press

OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Book Copy and

press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option

required:

•Off: Use to deactivate the feature.

•Left Page Only: Use to scan and copy the left page of a bound document.

•Right Page Only: Use to scan and copy the right page of a bound document.

•Both Pages: Use to scan and copy both pages of a bound document. The left page of the

book will be scanned first.

6. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.

7. Place the book original face down on the document glass with the spine of the book lined up with

the book marker at the center of the rear edge of the document glass.

8. Press Start.

B A

Using the Layout Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

9. If another page requires scanning, select Yes to add another page. Place the book with the new

page to be scanned on the document glass, select the Copy option required and press OK.

When you have finished scanning all the pages required, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

Booklet Creation

This allows you to print your document on both sides of the

paper and arranges the pages so that the paper can be folded

in half after printing to produce a booklet.

1. Insert the documents neatly into the automatic

document feeder, face up. The first page should be on

top with the headings towards the left of the machine.

Note: The originals must be loaded in the automatic

document feeder to enable the Booklet Creation feature

to be selected.

2. Press Copy on the control panel.

3. Press Menu on the control panel.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Booklet Creation and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight 1 Sided Originals or 2 Sided Originals and press OK.

7. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.

8. Load originals and press Start.

Poster Copy

Your original will be divided into 9 portions. You can paste the

printed pages together to make one poster-sized document.

Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place

originals on the document glass.

1. Press Copy on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press

OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Poster Copy and press OK.

5. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.

6. Load originals and press Start.

Each portion is scanned and printed one by one.

Using the Layout Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Clone Copy

The machine prints multiple original images on a single page.

The number of images is automatically determined by the

original image and the paper size.

Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place

originals on the document glass.

1. Press Copy on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press

OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Clone Copy and press OK.

5. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.

6. Load originals and press Start.

Media Output Locations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Media Output Locations

The machine has two output locations:

•Output tray (face down) up to a maximum of 150

sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper.

•Rear door (face up) one sheet at a time.

The machine sends output to the output tray by default. If special media such as envelopes print out

with wrinkles, curl, creases or black bold lines, the rear door should be used for the output. Open the rear

door and keep it open while printing one sheet at a time.

Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door

open will cause paper jams.

Using the Output Tray

The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the order in which the sheets were printed. The

output tray should be used for most jobs. When the output tray is full, a message displays on the

control panel.

Media Output Locations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

To u s e t he output tray, make sure that the rear door is closed.

Notes:

•If paper coming out of the output tray has problems, such as excessive curl, try printing

to the rear door.

•To reduce paper jams, do not open or close the rear door while the printer is printing.

Using the Rear Door

When using the rear door, paper comes out of the machine

face up. Printing from the bypass tray to the rear door

provides a straight paper path and might improve the output

quality when printing on envelopes or special media.

Whenever the rear door is open, the output is delivered there.

Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex

jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause

paper jams.

CAUTION: The fuser area inside the rear door of your

machine becomes very hot when in use. Take care when

you access this area.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan

This chapter includes:

•Scanning Overview on page 46

•Scan Procedure on page 47

•Scan Options on page 53

•Scan Assistant on page 55

•Scan Using TWAIN on page 56

•Scan Using WIA Driver on page 57

•Macintosh Scanning on page 58

•Linux Scanning on page 60

Scanning Overview

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scanning Overview

Scanning with your machine lets you turn pictures and text into digital files that can be stored on your

computer or sent to a repository. Your machine can scan via USB or network to a PC or server, as well as

directly to a USB memory device. The following filing options are available for Scan:

•USB: Using this option, you can scan an image to a USB Memory Device inserted into the USB

Memory Device port.

•Local PC: This option can be used if the machine is connected to a PC via a USB cable. For

Windows scanning, the Easy Printer Manager must be installed on your PC prior to use. For

Macintosh scanning, the Scan and Fax Manager must be installed.

•Network PC: Using this option the scanned data will be stored to a networked PC. For Windows,

the Easy Printer Manager must be installed on your PC prior to use. For Macintosh scanning, the

Scan and Fax Manager must be installed.

•SMB: Using this option, you can scan an image and upload it to a shared folder on an SMB server.

•FTP: Using this option, you can scan an image and upload it to an FTP server.

•WSD: Using this option you can scan to applications or computers that support Microsoft's Web

Services for Devices.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

For instructions on setting up and configuring the Scan function, refer to the System Administrator

Guide.

Scanning Methods

Your machine offers the following ways to scan an image using a local connection:

•TWAIN: TWAIN drivers handle the communication between computer software and the scanning

device. This feature can be used via a local connection or a network connection.

Refer to Scan Using TWAIN on page 56.

•WIA (Windows Image Acquisition): To use this feature your computer must be connected to the

machine via a USB cable.

Refer to Scan Using WIA Driver on page 57.

Scan Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Procedure

Using Scan, an electronic file can be created from a hard copy original. The electronic file can be

scanned in color or black and white depending on the Color option selected. The file can then be sent

to a specified destination.

This section describes the basic procedure for scanning:

•Loading Documents on page 47

•Select the Scan Destination on page 48

•Select the Features on page 50

•Start the Job on page 51

•Check the Job Status on page 51

•Stop the Job on page 52

If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an

account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and the Scan

features and destination selected.

Loading Documents

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray

of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the

document.

Scan Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Document Glass

The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and

magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single

documents face down on the document glass aligned

with the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other

sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer

to Scan Options on page 53 for further information.

Note: Documents are only scanned once even when

several copies are selected.

Select the Scan Destination

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Scan to USB

1. Load the documents to be scanned either face down on the document glass or face up into the

automatic document feeder.

2. Insert a USB Memory Device into the USB memory port on your machine. The USB menu

automatically displays.

Note: When in Power Save mode, the machine will not recognize when a USB Memory Device is

inserted into the USB port. Press any button to restore the machine to a normal state and reinsert

the USB Memory Device into the port.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to USB and press OK.

Scan to Local PC

To u s e Scan to Local PC, the machine must be connected to your PC or workstation via a USB cable. The

scan driver must be installed on your PC prior to use. For instructions, refer to the System Administrator

Guide.

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Local PC.

3. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the port connection and/or setup.

4. Press the up/down arrows until the scan destination you want highlights and press OK.

Scan Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan to Network PC from Control Panel

Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured

using the Xerox Scan Assistant utility and the scan driver has been installed. For instructions, refer to

the System Administrator guide.

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Network PC.

3. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the connection and/or setup.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Login ID you want and press OK.

5. If necessary, enter the password using the keypad and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Scan Destination you want and press OK.

7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Resolution you want and press OK.

8. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Color option you want and press OK.

9. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.

Note: You can also use the Xerox Scan Assistant to scan documents directly from your PC. Refer to

Scan Assistant on page 55.

Scan to SMB

Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured

using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator guide for instructions.

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight SMB and press OK.

3. If required, press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select

the Features on page 50.

4. Press OK.

5. If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID and, if required, your password.

6. Press the up/down arrows until the server you want highlights and press OK.

7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.

Scan to FTP

Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured

using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator guide for instructions.

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight FTP and press OK.

3. If required press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select

the Features on page 50.

4. Press OK.

5. If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID and, if required, your password.

6. Press the up/down arrows until the server you want highlights and press OK.

7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.

Scan Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan to WSD

Using this option you can scan to applications or computers that support Microsoft's Web Services for

Devices.

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight WSD and press OK.

3. If required press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select

the Features on page 50.

4. Press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows until the destination you want highlights and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.

Scan to Local Drive

Using this option you can scan documents to the machine’s hard drive, and print scanned documents

from the machine hard drive. Folders within the Local Drive are created within CentreWare Internet

Services by the System Administrator. Refer to the System Administrator Guide for more information.

To scan a document to the Local Drive:

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to Local Drive and press OK. The Search ID screen

will appear.

3. Select your required folder on the Local Drive. The Default Public folder appears and any other

folders that were created within the Internet Services Jobs > Local Drive page.

4. Select the features from the Scan to Local Drive menu.

Select the Features

Various features can be selected for your Scan job when the machine is in Ready mode.

Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine

configuration and the scan method selected.

Once you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.

1. Press the 2 Sided button on the control panel. The following 2 Sided options are available:

•1 1 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals.

•2 1 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals.

•2 1 Sided, Rotated: Use this option for 2 sided originals which have the second side

rotated. This option will rotate the second side image 180 degrees.

Select the 2 Sided option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.

Scan Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

2. The following features are available through the Menu button for Scan to USB, Scan to FTP and

Scan to SMB.

Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting

required and press OK.

For information about each of the options refer to Scan Options on page 53.

Start the Job

1. Press the Start button.

2. If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready

to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.

3. Your machine begins scanning the original, and then asks if you want to scan another page.

4. To scan another page, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK. Load an original

and press Start. Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.

The images are scanned and sent to the destination selected.

Check the Job Status

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel

to display job status information.

2. A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.

Select your job using the up/down arrows and

press OK.

3. The following Job Options are available:

For active jobs:

• Release

•Cancel

For saved jobs:

•Print

• Delete

Original Size Use to set the size of the image being scanned.

Original Type Used to improve the image quality by selecting the document type for

the originals.

Resolution Sets the image resolution. A higher resolution increases the file size.

Output Color Sets the color mode of the scanned image.

File Format Sets the file format of the saved image.

Lighten/Darken Provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the

scanned images.

Contrast Use to increase or decrease the contrast between black and white

images.

Scan Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Stop the Job

Follow the steps below to cancel an active Scan job.

1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.

Follow the steps below to cancel a queued Scan job.

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.

2. Use the up/down arrows to select the job required, press OK.

3. Select Delete and OK.

4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.

Scan Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Options

Your machine provides the following options to customize your Scan jobs. Use the Menu button to

access the options. For information about changing the default Scan settings, refer to Scan Defaults on

page 161.

Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine

configuration and the scan method selected.

Feature Description Options

Original Size Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be

scanned.

•A4

•A5

•B5

•Letter

•Legal

•Executive

•Folio

•Oficio

Original Type The Original Type setting is

used to improve the image

quality by selecting the

document type for the

originals.

•Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

•Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and

photographs.

•Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Resolution Resolution affects the

appearance of the

scanned image. A higher

resolution produces a

better quality image. A

lower resolution reduces

communication time when

sending the file over the

network.

•300 dpi: Recommended for high quality text

documents that are to pass through OCR applications.

Also recommended for high quality line art or medium

quality photos and graphics. This is the default

resolution and the best choice in most cases.

•200 dpi: Recommended for average quality text

documents and line art. Does not produce the best

image quality for photos and graphics.

•100 dpi: Recommended for lower quality text

documents or if a smaller file size is required.

Output Color Select Output Color to

produce black and white,

grayscale or color output.

•Color: Use to select color output from your original.

•Grayscale: Use if output is to be in shades of gray.

•Black and White: Use to select black and white

output regardless of the color of your original.

Scan Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

File Format File Format determines the

type of file created and

can be temporarily

changed for the current

job. Select the file format

you wish to use for your

scanned image.

•PDF (Portable Document Format): Allows recipients

with the right software to view, print or edit the

electronic file, no matter what their computer

platform.

•Single-TIFF (Tagged Image File Format): Produces a

graphic file that can be opened by a variety of graphic

software packages across a variety of computer

platforms. A separate file is produced for each image

scanned.

•Multi Page TIFF: Produces a single TIFF file

containing several pages of scanned images. More

specialized software is required to open this type of

file format.

•JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group): Produces

a compressed graphic file that can be opened by a

variety of graphic software packages across a variety

of computer platforms. A separate file is produced for

each image scanned.

•BMP: A simple bitmapped graphics format. (Scan to

USB option only.)

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

•Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to

the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark

print.

•Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed

originals.

•Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments

to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with

light print.

Contrast Increases or decreases the

contrast between light and

dark areas of the image.

•Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to

the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.

•Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.

•More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments

up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.

Feature Description Options

Scan Assistant

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Assistant

The Scan Assistant is a Xerox utility that is automatically installed with the your Xerox Printer Driver. It

provides an interface to select a scanner and to adjust Scan settings and start the scanning process

directly from your computer. Using the preview window allows you to view the scan and make

adjustments as necessary using the easy access buttons on the left of the preview window. Preferred

settings can be preserved as ‘favorites’ and added to a pre-defined list.

For information about using the Scan Assistant, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre

3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.

Scan Using TWAIN

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Using TWAIN

If you want to scan documents using other software, you will need to use TWAIN compliant software,

such as Adobe Photoshop. Follow the steps below to scan with TWAIN compliant software.

1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Install the TWAIN driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.

3. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on

the document glass.

4. Open an application, such as Adobe Photoshop.

5. Open the TWAIN window and set the scan options.

6. Scan and save your scanned image.

Scan Using WIA Driver

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Using WIA Driver

Your machine also supports the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver for scanning images. WIA is

one of the standard components provided by Microsoft Windows and works with digital cameras and

scanners.

Note: The WIA driver works only on Windows XP/Vista/7.0 with a USB port.

1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Install the WIA driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.

3. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on

the document glass.

4. Scan the originals using the following instructions:

Windows XP

a. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Scanners and Cameras.

b. Double click your scanner driver icon. The Scanner and Camera Wizard appears. Select Next.

c. Set the options in the Choose scanning preferences window. Select Next.

d. Enter a picture name, and select a file format and destination to save the picture.

e. Select Next to scan your originals.

f. Select Next and Finish to view the images.

Windows Vista

a. From the Start menu select Control Panel > Scanners and Cameras.

b. Double click Scan a document or picture. The Windows Fax and Scan application appears.

You can select View scanners and cameras to view the scanners.

c. If there is no Scan a document or picture instruction visible, open the MS Paint program and

from the File menu click From Scanner or Camera... .

d. Select New Scan. The scan driver displays. Choose your scanning preferences.

e. Select Scan.

Windows 7

a. From the Start menu select Control Panel > Devices and Printers.

b. Click the right mouse button on the device driver icon in Printers and Faxes > Start Scan.

New Scan application appears.

c. Choose your scanning preferences.

d. Select Scan.

Macintosh Scanning

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Macintosh Scanning

You can scan documents using Image Capture on Macintosh systems.

Scanning with USB Connection

Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer via the USB cable and powered on. Install

the scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.

1. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on

the document glass.

2. Start Applications and click Image Capture.

If the No Image Capture device connected message appears, disconnect the USB cable and

reconnect it. If the problem continues, refer to the Image Capture help option to resolve the

problem.

3. Select the device required.

4. Set the scan options on this program.

5. Scan and save your scanned image.

For more information about using Image Capture, use the Image Capture help option.

Use TWAIN-compliant software to apply more scan options. You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant

software, such as Adobe Photoshop. Scan processes differ according to the TWAIN-compliant software

being used. Please refer to the User Guide supplied with the software for instructions.

If scanning does not operate in Image Capture, update Mac OS to the latest version. Image Capture

operates correctly in Mac OS X 10.3.9 or higher, and Mac OS X 10.4.7 or higher.

Scanning from a Network Connected Machine

Make sure that the machine and your workstation are powered on and connected to the network.

Install the scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.

1. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on

the document glass.

2. Start Applications and click Image Capture.

3. Depending on the Mac OS version, follow the steps below.

• For 10.4-10.5:

•Click Devices then Browse Devices from the Menu bar.

• Select your machine in the Twain devices option. Make sure that the Use TWAIN

software checkbox is checked.

•Click Connect.

If a warning message appears, click Change Port... to select the port, or if TWAIN UI appears,

click Change Port... from the Preference tab and select a new port.

• For 10.6, select your device below SHARED.

4. Set the scan options on this program.

Macintosh Scanning

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

5. Scan and save your scanned image.

If scanning does not operate in Image Capture, update Mac OS to the latest version. Image Capture

operates correctly in Mac OS X 10.4.7 or higher.

For more information about using Image Capture, use the Image Capture help option.

You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant software, such as Adobe Photoshop. Scan processes differ

according to the TWAIN-compliant software being used. Please refer to the User Guide supplied with

the software for instructions.

Using Scan and Fax Manager

Use the Scan and Fax Manager program to check the installed scan driver’s condition, to change scan

settings and to add or delete document folders for storing scanned documents. To use the Scan and

Fax Manager program:

1. Select /Applications/Xerox and run Scan and Fax Manager.

2. Select the appropriate device in Scan and Fax Manager.

3. Select Properties.

4. Use the Set Scan button to change the file destination or scan settings, to add or delete

application programs and to format files. You can change the scanning device by using Change

Port (Local or Network).

5. Select OK.

Linux Scanning

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Linux Scanning

You can scan a document using the Unified Driver Configurator window. Make sure that the machine is

powered on and connected to your computer via USB cable, or connected to the network. Install the

scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.

Scanning

1. Double-click the Unified Driver Configurator on your desktop.

2. Click the button to switch to Scanners Configuration.

3. Select the scanner in the list.

• If you use only one machine device and it is connected to the computer and turned on, your

scanner appears in the list and is automatically selected.

• If you have two or more scanners connected to your computer, you can select any scanner to

work at any time. For example, while acquisition is in progress on the first scanner, you may

select the second scanner, set the device options and start the image acquisition

simultaneously.

4. Click Properties.

5. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on

the document glass.

6. From the Scanner Properties window, click Preview.

The document is scanned and the image preview appears in the Preview Pane.

7. Drag the pointer to set the image area to be scanned in the Preview Pane.

8. Change the scan options in the Image Quality and Scan Area sections.

•Image Quality: This option allows you to select the color composition and the scan

resolution for the image.

•Scan Area: This option allows you to select the page size. The Advanced button enables you

to set the page size manually.

If you want to use one of the preset scan option settings, select the option from the Job Type

drop-down list. (See Job Type Settings on page 60.)

9. Click Default to restore the default setting for the scan options.

10. When you have finished, click Scan to start scanning.

The status bar appears on the bottom left of the window to show you the progress of the scan. To

cancel scanning, click Cancel.

The scanned image appears.

11. When you are finished, click Save on the toolbar.

12. Select the file directory where you want to save the image and enter the file name.

13. Click Save.

Job Type Settings

You can save your scan option settings for later use.

Linux Scanning

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Saving a New Job Type Setting

1. Change the options from the Scanner Properties window.

2. Click Save As.

3. Enter the name for your setting.

4. Click OK.

Your setting is added to the Job Type drop-down list.

Deleting a Job Type Setting

1. Select the setting you want to delete from the Job Type drop-down list.

2. Click Delete.

The setting is deleted from the list.

Using the Image Manager

The Image Manager application provides you with menu commands and tools to edit your scanned

image. Use the following tools to edit the image:

Tools Name Function

Save Saves the image.

Undo Cancels your last action.

Redo Restores the action you canceled.

Scroll Allows you to scroll through the image.

Crop Crops the selected image area.

Zoom Out Zooms the image out.

Zoom In Zooms the image in.

Scale Allows you to scale the image size; you can enter the size manually, or

set the rate to scale proportionally, vertically, or horizontally.

Rotate Allows you to rotate the image; you can select the number of degrees

from the drop-down list.

Linux Scanning

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

For further details about the Image Manager application, refer to the on screen help.

Flip Allows you to flip the image vertically or horizontally.

Effect Allows you to adjust the brightness or contrast of the image, or to invert

the image.

Properties Shows the properties of the image.

Tools Name Function

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail

E-mailing with your machine lets you turn pictures and text into digital files that can be sent to an

e-mail address. You can scan the originals and e-mail the scanned image to several destinations from

the machine by e-mail.

This chapter includes:

•E-mail Procedure on page 64

•E-mail Options on page 68

•Address Book on page 70

•Smart Key Addresses on page 71

E-mail Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail Procedure

If E-mail has been enabled, an electronic file can be created from a hard copy original. The electronic

file can be e-mailed to a specified address.

Note: Refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions on enabling E-mail.

This section describes the basic procedure for e-mailing. Follow the steps below.

•Loading Documents on page 64

•Enter the E-mail Address on page 65

•Select the Features on page 66

•Start the Job on page 66

•Check the Job Status on page 67

•Stop the E-mail Job on page 67

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an

account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.

Loading Documents

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray

of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the

document.

E-mail Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Document Glass

The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and

magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single

documents face down on the document glass aligned

with the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other

sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer

to E-mail Options on page 68 for further information.

Note: Documents are only scanned once even when

several copies are selected.

Enter the E-mail Address

1. Press the E-mail button on the control panel.

If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID

and Password (if required).

2. When Enter From Address: appears, enter the

sender’s e-mail address and press OK.

If Send to Myself? appears, press the left/right

arrows to highlight Yes or No and press OK.

3. When Enter Destination Addresses: appears,

enter the recipient’s e-mail address and press

OK.

•Use the .com button to add commonly used

address text to the e-mail address, for

example .com or @yourdomainname.com.

Press the .com key repeatedly until the text

required is displayed and press OK. The text

is added to the address. The Smart Key text

can be customized using CentreWare

Internet Services, refer to Smart Key

Addresses on page 71 for instructions.

• E-mail addresses can also be added using

the Address Book, refer to Address Book on page 70 for instructions.

• Press the down arrow and enter additional e-mail addresses if required and press OK.

4. If File Format appears, highlight the file format required and press OK.

5. Enter an e-mail subject and press OK.

.com

E-mail Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

6. When Ready to E-mail appears you can add or edit the recipient list, press Menu to select

additional features or press Start to scan your originals.

• To add additional recipients, highlight Add Another Address and enter the address required.

• To edit or delete recipients, use the up/down arrows to highlight the address requiring editing

or deleting and press OK. Use the left arrow key to delete characters and then edit the

address. To delete the address, press the down arrow key to highlight Delete and select OK.

Select the Features

Various features can be selected for your e-mail job. The most common features are selected from the

control panel. Once you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.

1. The following features are available through the Menu button:

Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine

configuration.

2. Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting

required and press OK.

For information about each of the options refer to E-mail Options on page 68.

Start the Job

1. Press the Start button.

The images are scanned and sent to the e-mail address or addresses entered.

Original Size Use to set the size of the image being scanned.

Original Type Used to improve the image quality by selecting the document type for

the originals.

Resolution Sets the image resolution. A higher resolution increases the file size.

Output Color Sets the color mode of the scanned image.

Lighten/Darken Provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the

scanned images.

Contrast Use to increase or decrease the contrast between black and white

images.

E-mail Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Check the Job Status

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel

to display job status information.

2. A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.

Select your job using the up/down arrows and

press OK.

3. The following Job Options are available:

For active jobs:

• Release

•Cancel

For saved jobs:

•Print

• Delete

Stop the E-mail Job

Follow the steps below to cancel an active e-mail job.

1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.

Follow the steps below to cancel a queued e-mail job.

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.

2. Use the up/down arrows to select the job required, press OK.

3. Select Delete and OK.

4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.

E-mail Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail Options

Your machine provides the following options to customize your E-mail jobs. Use the Menu button to

access the options. For information about changing the default E-mail settings, refer to E-mail Defaults

on page 163.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Feature Description Options

Original Size Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be

scanned.

•A4

•A5

•B5

•Letter

•Legal

•Executive

•Folio

•Oficio

Original Type The Original Type setting is

used to improve the image

quality by selecting the

document type for the

originals.

•Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

•Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and

photographs.

•Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Resolution Resolution affects the

appearance of the

scanned image. A higher

resolution produces a

better quality image. A

lower resolution reduces

communication time when

sending the file over the

network.

•300 dpi: Recommended for high quality text

documents that are to pass through OCR applications.

Also recommended for high quality line art or medium

quality photos and graphics. This is the default

resolution and the best choice in most cases.

•200 dpi: Recommended for average quality text

documents and line art. Does not produce the best

image quality for photos and graphics.

•100 dpi: Recommended for lower quality text

documents or if a smaller file size is required.

Output Color Select Output Color to

produce black and white,

grayscale or color output.

•Color: Use to select color output from your original.

•Grayscale: Use if output is to be in shades of gray.

•Black and White: Use to select black and white

output regardless of the color of your original.

E-mail Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

File Format File Format determines the

type of file created and

can be temporarily

changed for the current

job. Select the file format

you wish to use for your

scanned image.

•Single-TIFF (Tagged Image File Format): Produces a

graphic file that can be opened by a variety of graphic

software packages across a variety of computer

platforms. A separate file is produced for each image

scanned.

•Multi-TIFF: Produces a single TIFF file containing

several pages of scanned images. A more specialized

software is required to open this type of file format.

•PDF (Portable Document Format): Allows recipients

with the right software to view, print or edit the

electronic file, no matter what their computer

platform.

•JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group): Produces

a compressed graphic file that can be opened by a

variety of graphic software packages across a variety

of computer platforms. A separate file is produced for

each image scanned.

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

•Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to

the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark

print.

•Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed

originals.

•Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments

to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with

light print.

Contrast Increases or decreases the

contrast between light and

dark areas of the image.

•Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to

the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.

•Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.

•More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments

up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.

Feature Description Options

Address Book

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Address Book

You can use CentreWare Internet Services to set up an Address Book with the e-mail addresses you use

frequently and then easily and quickly enter e-mail addresses by selecting them from the Address Book.

Refer to the System Administrator Guide for detailed instructions on setting up an Address Book.

Searching the Address Book

There are two ways to search for an address in memory. You can either preview the entries sequentially

or search by entering the first letters of the name associated with the address.

1. Press E-mail on the control panel.

2. Enter the Sender Address (From Address) and press OK. The Enter To Addresses field appears.

3. Press the Address Book button on the control panel.

4. Enter a few letters of the name you are searching for. The machine will return matching names.

5. Press the up/down arrows until the name and address you want highlights and press OK.

Printing the Local Address Book

1. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Address Book and press OK.

Your Address Book information prints out.

Smart Key Addresses

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Smart Key Addresses

The Smart Key addresses enable you to quickly access and select commonly used e-mail address text

from the .com button on the control panel. For example .com or @yourdomainname.com. Up to six

Smart Key addresses can be set up using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System

Administrator Guide for setup instructions.

Using Smart Key Addresses

The Smart Key addresses are selected by pressing the

.com key on the control panel.

When entering the e-mail address, press the .com key

repeatedly until the address text required is displayed

and press OK.

.com

Smart Key Addresses

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax

This chapter includes:

•Fax Procedure on page 74

•Fax Options on page 78

•Using Fax Send Options on page 80

•Using Fax Forward on page 83

•Using Secure Receive on page 85

•Address Book on page 86

•Fax from PC on page 90

•Receiving Faxes on page 91

Fax Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Procedure

This section describes the basic procedure for sending faxes. Follow the steps below.

•Loading Documents on page 74

•Select the Features on page 75

•Enter the Fax Number on page 76

•Start the Job on page 76

•Check the Job Status on page 77

•Stop the Fax Job on page 77

•Fax Confirmation on page 77

If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an

account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.

Note: Refer to the System Administrator Guide for information on setting up the Fax feature.

Loading Documents

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray

of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the

document.

Fax Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Document Glass

The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and

magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single

documents face down on the document glass aligned

with the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other

sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer

to Fax Options on page 78 for further information.

Note: Documents are only scanned once even when

several copies are selected.

Select the Features

Various features can be selected for your fax job. Once you have made a selection, press Back to return

to the Ready screen.

1. The following features are available through the Menu button.

Lighten/Darken This provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the

scanned images.

Contrast Increases or decreases the contrast between light and dark areas of the

image.

Resolution A higher resolution produces better quality for photos. A lower resolution

reduces communication time.

Original Size This option allows you to specify the size of the image to be scanned.

Multi Send You can use this feature to send a fax to multiple locations.

Delay Send Use to set your machine to send a fax at a later time.

Priority Send Use when a high priority fax need to be sent ahead of reserved

operations.

Forward You can set the machine to forward a received or sent fax to another fax,

e-mail or server destination.

Secure Receive Use to restrict printing of received faxes when the machine is

unattended.

Add Page Use to add additional documents to a delayed fax job which is saved in

memory.

Fax Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

2. Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting

required and press OK.

For more information about each of the options refer to Fax Options on page 78.

Enter the Fax Number

1. Press the Fax button on the control panel.

2. Enter the recipient’s fax number by:

•Keypad Dial: Use this option to enter the

number using the keypad. For instructions

refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.

•Manual Dial: Allows you to get the dial tone

before entering the fax number.

•Pause / Redial: Allows you to send to the

last number or list of numbers dialed. For

information about entering a Pause within the number, refer to Inserting a Pause on page 14.

•Speed Dial: For a one-digit (0-9) speed dial number, press and hold the corresponding digit

button on the keypad. For a two or three-digit speed dial number, press the first digit

button(s) and then hold down the last digit button.

•Address Book: Select the Address Book button to access the address book and select a

Speed Dial or Group Dial entry to add to the recipient list. Refer to Address Book on page 86

for instructions.

Start the Job

1. Press the Start button.

2. If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready

to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.

The machine scans the originals, dials the entered number and attempts to connect with the

remote fax machine. Once connected, the machine sends the fax job.

If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax, the machine

automatically redials the number every three minutes, up to seven times according to the factory

default settings.

3. If the display shows Retry Redial? press OK to redial the number without waiting. To cancel the

automatic redialing, press Stop.

Note: To change the time interval between redials and the number of redial attempts, refer to Fax

Setup on page 166.

To print a confirmation or error report, refer to Information Pages on page 25.

Fax Procedure

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Check the Job Status

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel

to display job status information.

2. A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.

Select your job using the up/down arrows and

press OK.

3. The following Job Options are available:

For active jobs:

• Release

•Cancel

For saved jobs:

•Print

• Delete

Stop the Fax Job

Follow the steps below to cancel an active fax job.

1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.

Follow the steps below to cancel a queued fax job.

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.

2. Use the up/down arrows and select the job required, press OK.

3. Select Delete and OK.

4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.

Fax Confirmation

• When the last page of your original has been sent successfully, the machine beeps and returns to

Ready mode.

• If something goes wrong while sending your fax, an error message appears on the display. For a

list of error messages and their meanings, refer to Fax Problems on page 219. If you receive an

error message, press Stop to clear the message and try to send the fax again.

• You can set your machine to print a confirmation report automatically each time sending a fax is

completed. For further details, refer to Fax Setup on page 166.

Fax Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Options

Your machine provides the following options to customize your fax jobs. Use the Menu button to

access the options. For information about changing the default Fax settings, refer to Fax Setup on

page 166.

Notes:

•Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

•If you press Stop while setting the fax options, all of the options you have set for the

current fax job will be canceled and return to their default status after the machine

completes the job in progress.

Feature Description Options

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

•Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to

the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark

print.

•Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed

originals.

•Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments

to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with

light print.

Contrast Increases or decreases the

contrast between light and

dark areas of the image.

•Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to

the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.

•Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.

•More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments

up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.

Resolution Resolution affects the

appearance of the fax at

the receiving fax terminal.

A higher resolution

produces a better quality

image. A lower resolution

reduces communication

time.

•Standard: Recommended for text documents. It

requires less communication time, but does not

produce the best image quality for graphics and

photos.

•Fine: Recommended for line art and photos. This is

the default resolution and the best choice in most

cases.

•SuperFine: Recommended for use with high quality

photos and graphics.

•Photo Fax: Recommended for originals containing

shades of gray or photographs.

•Color Fax: Recommended for originals with colors.

Sending a color fax is enabled only if the remote fax

machine supports color fax reception and you send

the fax manually. In this mode, memory transmission

is not available.

Note: When your machine is set to Super Fine resolution

and the remote fax machine does not support Super Fine

resolution, the machine transmits using the highest

resolution mode supported.

Fax Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Original Size Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be

scanned.

•A4

•A5

•B5

•Letter

•Executive

Multi Send You can use the Multi Send

feature to send a fax to

multiple locations.

•Fax 1: Use this option to enter the first fax number.

•Fax 2: Use this option to enter the second fax number.

•Another Number?: Use this option to enter additional

fax numbers.

Refer to Multi Send on page 80 for instructions.

Delay Send You can set your machine

to send a fax at a later

time when you will not be

present.

•Fax 1: Use this option to enter the first fax number.

•Another Number?: Use this option to enter additional

fax numbers.

•Job Name: Enter a name for the job using the keypad.

•Start Time: Enter a time for the fax to be transmitted

using the keypad.

Refer to Delay Send on page 80 for instructions.

Priority Send This function is used when

a high priority fax needs to

be sent ahead of reserved

operations.

•Fax: Use this option to enter the fax number.

•Job Name: Enter a name for the job using the keypad.

Refer to Priority Send on page 82 for instructions.

Forward You can set the machine to

forward a received or sent

fax to another fax, e-mail

or server destination.

•Fax: Use this option to forward a fax to another fax

number.

•E-mail: Use this option to forward faxes to an e-mail

address.

•Server: Use this option to forward faxes to a specified

server location.

Refer to Using Fax Forward on page 83 for instructions.

Secure Receive You may need to prevent

your received faxes from

being accessed by

unauthorized people. In

Secure Receive mode, all

incoming faxes go into

memory and can be

printed by entering a

4-digit password.

•On: Use this option to activate Secure Receive.

•Off: Use this option to deactivate Secure Receive.

•Print: Use this option to print the faxes received into

memory. If a 4-digit password was set when

activating Secure Receive, this password will be

required to print the faxes.

Refer to Using Secure Receive on page 85 for instructions.

Add Page Use to add additional

documents to a Delayed

Fax job which is saved in

memory.

Refer to Adding Documents to a Delayed Fax on page 81

for instructions.

Cancel Job You can cancel a Delayed

Fax job which is saved in

memory.

Refer to Canceling a Delayed Fax on page 81 for

instructions.

Feature Description Options

Using Fax Send Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Send Options

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Multi Send

You can use the Multi Send feature to send a fax to multiple locations. The fax is automatically stored

in memory and then transmitted from memory to the fax destinations entered. After transmission, the

job is automatically erased from memory. You cannot send a color fax using this feature.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Multi Send and press OK.

4. Enter the number of the first receiving fax machine and press OK.

You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number using the Address book button. For

details, see Address Book on page 86.

Note: Once you have entered a group dial number, you cannot enter any more group dial

numbers.

5. Enter the second fax number and press OK.

The display asks you to enter another fax number. To enter more fax numbers, press OK when Yes

is highlighted and repeat the steps. You can add up to 10 destinations.

When you have finished entering fax numbers, press the left/right arrows to select No at the

Another No.? prompt and press OK.

6. Load originals and press Start to start storing the scanned original data into memory.

If using the document glass to scan more than one original, select Yes to add another page. Load

another original and press OK.

When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

The machine sends the fax to the numbers you entered in the order in which you entered them.

Delay Send

You can set your machine to send a fax at a later time when you will not be present. Use this feature to

transmit faxes during off-peak hours or when sending to another country or time zone. You cannot

send a color fax using this feature.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delay Send and press OK.

4. Enter the number of the receiving fax machine and press OK.

You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number by pressing the Address book button.

For details, see Address Book on page 86.

Using Fax Send Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

The display asks you to enter another fax number. To enter more fax numbers, press OK when Yes

highlights and repeat the steps. You can add up to 10 destinations.

Note: Once you have entered a group dial number, you cannot enter any more group dial

numbers.

When you have finished entering fax numbers, press the left/right arrows to select No at the

Another No.? prompt and press OK.

5. Enter the Job Name you want and press OK. If you do not want to assign a name, skip this step.

For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.

6. Enter the time using the number keypad and press OK.

If you set a time earlier than the current time, the fax will be sent at that time on the following

day.

7. Load originals and press Start to start storing the scanned original data into memory.

If using the document glass to scan more than one original, select Yes to add another page. Load

another original and press OK.

When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

The machine returns to Ready mode. The display reminds you that you are in Ready mode and that a

delayed fax is set.

Adding Documents to a Delayed Fax

You can add additional documents to the Delayed Fax job which is saved in memory.

1. Load the originals to be added and select the fax settings required.

2. Press Fax on the control panel.

3. Press Menu on the control panel.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Add Page and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows until the fax job you want appears and press OK.

6. Press Start.

If adding more than one original, select Yes at the Another Page? prompt. Load another original

and press OK.

When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

Canceling a Delayed Fax

You can cancel a Delayed Fax job which is saved in memory.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Cancel Job and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows until the fax job you want appears and press OK.

Press OK when Yes highlights to confirm and cancel the job.

The selected fax is deleted from memory.

Using Fax Send Options

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Priority Send

This function is used when a high priority fax needs to be sent ahead of other fax jobs in memory. The

original is scanned into memory and immediately transmitted when the current operation is finished.

In addition, a Priority Send fax will interrupt a Multi Send fax being sent. The fax is interrupted between

destinations, for example after the transmission to destination A ends and before the transmission to

destination B begins, or between redial attempts.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Priority Send and press OK.

4. Enter the number of the receiving fax machine and press OK.

You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number using the Address book button. For

details, see Address Book on page 86.

5. Enter the job name you want and press OK. If you do not want to assign a name, skip this step.

For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.

6. Load originals and press Start.

If an original is placed on the document glass, select Yes at the Another Page? prompt. Load

another original and press OK.

When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

The machine scans and sends the fax to the destinations entered.

Using Fax Forward

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Forward

You can set the machine to forward a received or sent fax to another fax, e-mail or server destination. If

you are out of the office but have to receive the fax, this feature may be useful.

When you forward a fax to an e-mail address or an FTP or SMB server, you must use CentreWare

Internet Services to set up the destination details. You can forward a fax to a total of five destinations.

Refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Forwarding Sent Faxes

You can set the machine to forward a copy of every fax sent to another fax number, an e-mail address

or a server location. A copy of all sent faxes will continue to be forwarded to the destination set until

the option is deactivated. To deactivate Fax Forward, refer to Deactivating Fax Forward on page 84.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.

4. Select the option required:

Fax

a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax and press OK.

b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.

c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

d. Enter the fax number to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.

E-mail

a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail and press OK.

b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.

c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

d. Enter your e-mail address and press OK.

e. Enter the e-mail address to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.

Server

a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Server and press OK.

b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.

c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

Forwarding Received Faxes

You can forward faxes received from remote fax machines to another fax number, an e-mail address or

a server location. When the machine receives a fax, it is stored in memory and then sent to the

destination you have set. All received faxes will continue to be forwarded to the destination set until

the option is deactivated. To deactivate Fax Forward, refer to Deactivating Fax Forward on page 84.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

Using Fax Forward

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.

4. Select the option required:

Fax

a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax and press OK.

b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.

c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

d. Enter the fax number to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.

E-mail

a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail and press OK.

b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.

c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

d. Enter your e-mail address and press OK.

e. Enter the e-mail address to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.

Server

a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Server and press OK.

b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.

c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

Deactivating Fax Forward

Follow the steps below to deactivate the Fax Forward option.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Feature and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax, E-mail or Server and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward or Receive Forward and press OK.

7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Off and press OK.

Using Secure Receive

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Secure Receive

You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by unauthorized people. In secure

receive mode, all incoming faxes go into memory until they are accessed and released for printing. A

4-digit password can be set to prevent faxes being printed by unauthorized users. If Secure Receive

mode is deactivated, any faxes stored in memory are automatically printed.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Activating Secure Receive

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

5. Enter the four-digit password you want to use and press OK.

You can activate secure receive mode without setting a password, but this will not protect your

faxes.

Re-enter the password to confirm it and press OK.

When a fax is received in secure receive mode, your machine stores it in memory and shows Secure

Receive to let you know that a fax has been received.

Deactivating Secure Receive Mode

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Off and press OK.

5. If required, enter the four-digit password and press OK.

The mode is deactivated and the machine prints all faxes stored in memory.

Printing Secure Faxes

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print and press OK.

5. If required, enter the four-digit password and press OK.

The machine prints all of the faxes stored in memory.

Address Book

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Address Book

You can use CentreWare Internet Services to set up an Address Book with the fax numbers you use

frequently and then easily and quickly enter fax numbers by selecting them from the Address Book.

Refer to the System Administrator Guide for detailed instructions on setting up an Address Book.

You can also set up an Address Book at the machine. The address book can store up to 500 entries on

the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI and up to 200 entries on the WorkCentre 3315DN. You can

include Speed Dial numbers and Group numbers and also print out a list of all the address book entries.

Before beginning to store fax numbers, make sure that your machine is in Fax mode.

Speed Dial Numbers

You can store up to 200 frequently-used fax numbers as speed dial numbers.

Registering a Speed Dial Number

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial and press OK.

5. Enter a speed dial number between 1 and 200 and press OK.

If an entry is already stored in the number you choose, a message is displayed. To start over with

another speed dial number, press Back.

6. Enter the name you want and press OK.

For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.

7. Enter the fax number you want and press OK.

8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Editing Speed Dial Numbers

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial and press OK.

5. Enter the speed dial number you want to edit and press OK.

6. Edit the details required:

• Change the name and press OK.

• Change the fax number and press OK.

7. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Address Book

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Speed Dial Numbers

When you are prompted to enter a destination number while sending a fax, enter the speed dial

number representing the stored number you want.

•For a one-digit (0-9) speed dial number, press and hold the corresponding digit button on the

number keypad.

• For a two or three-digit speed dial number, press the first digit button(s) and then hold down the

last digit button.

You can also search through memory for an entry by pressing Address Book. (See Address Book on

page 86.)

Group Dial Numbers

If you frequently send the same document to several destinations, you can group these destinations

and set them under a group dial number. You can then use a group dial number to send a document to

all of the destinations within the group. You can set up to 200 group dial numbers using the

destination’s existing speed dial numbers.

Registering a Group Dial Number

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.

5. Enter a group dial number between 1 and 200 and press OK.

If an entry is already stored in the number you choose, the display shows a message to allow you

to change it.

6. Enter the name you want and press OK.

For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.

7. Enter the first few letters of the speed dial’s name you want.

8. Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights and press OK.

9. Press OK when Yes highlights at the Add Another? prompt.

Repeat the steps to add other speed dial numbers into the group.

When you have finished, press the left/right arrows to select No at the Add Another? prompt and

press OK.

10. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Editing a Group Dial Number

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.

5. Enter the group dial number you want to edit and press OK.

Address Book

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

6. Enter the name you want to edit and press OK.

7. Enter the first few letters of the speed dial name you want to add or delete.

8. Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights and press OK.

If you entered a new speed dial number, Add? appears.

If you enter a speed dial number stored in the group, Delete? appears.

Press OK to add or delete the number.

9. Press OK when Yes highlights to add or delete more numbers and repeat the steps.

When you have finished, press the left/right arrows to select No at the Another Number? and

press OK.

10. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Using Group Dial Numbers

To u s e a group dial entry, you need to search for and select it from memory.

When you are prompted to enter a fax number while sending a fax, press Address Book. There are two

ways to search for a number in memory. You can either scan from A to Z sequentially, or you can search

by entering the first letters of the name associated with the number.

Searching Sequentially

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search & Dial and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight All and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights. You can search

upwards or downwards through the entire memory in alphabetical order.

Searching using the Name

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search & Dial and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search ID and press OK.

Enter the first few letters of the name you want.

6. Press the up/down arrows until the group dial’s name and number you want highlights.

Deleting an Address Book Entry

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delete and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial or Group Dial and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows until the searching method you want highlights and press OK.

Address Book

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

• Select Search All to search for an entry by scanning through all entries in Address Book.

• Select Search ID to search for an entry by entering the first few letters of the name.

6. Press the up/down arrows until the name you want highlights and press OK.

Or, enter the first letters. Press the up/down arrows until the name you want highlights and press

OK.

7. Press OK when Yes highlights to confirm the deletion.

8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Printing the Address Book

You can check your Address Book settings by printing a list.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print and press OK.

Fax from PC

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax from PC

You can send a fax from your PC without going to the machine. To send a fax from your PC you will

need to install the PC-Fax software and customize the software settings. Refer to the System

Administrator Guide for setup instructions.

To send a fax from the PC:

1. Open the document you want to send.

2. Select Print from the File menu.

The Print window is displayed. It may look

slightly different depending on your application.

3. Select Xerox MFP PC Fax from the Name

drop-down list box.

4. Select OK. The Fax Options screen displays.

5. Select the Add button to add new recipients,

either by directly typing names and fax numbers

or by adding names from the relevant address

book.

6. Select the quality required for the fax - either

Standard or Fine.

7. If you want to add a cover page to your fax,

check the Use Cover Page checkbox and

complete the cover page information fields.

Select the Advanced button to access more

options for the cover page.

8. To see a preview of the fax before it is sent, select

the Preview button.

9. To be notified of the time of the fax delivery,

check the Notify me on delivery checkbox.

10. When all selections have been made, select the Send button to send the fax to all listed recipients.

Receiving Faxes

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Receiving Faxes

Manual Receive

There are two methods for receiving a fax manually:

•On Hook Dial: You can receive a fax call by pressing On Hook Dial and then pressing Start when

you hear a fax tone from the remote machine. The machine begins receiving a fax. If a handset is

available you can answer calls using the handset.

To change the number of rings, see Fax Setup on page 166.

•Using an Extension Telephone: This feature works best when you are using an extension

telephone connected to the EXT socket on the back of your machine. You can receive a fax from

someone you are talking to on the extension telephone, without going to the fax machine. When

you receive a call on the extension phone and hear fax tones, press the keys *9* on the extension

phone. The machine receives the fax.

*9* is the remote receive code preset at the factory. The first and the last asterisks are fixed, but

you can change the middle number to whatever you wish. For details about changing the RCV

Start Code, see Receiving on page 167.

Using an Answering Machine

To use this mode, you must attach an answering machine to the EXT socket on the back of your

machine. If the caller leaves a message, the answering machine stores the message as it would

normally. If your machine detects a fax tone on the line, it automatically starts to receive the fax.

Notes:

•If you have set your machine to this mode and your answering machine is switched off,

or no answering machine is connected to EXT socket, your machine automatically goes

into Fax mode after a predefined number of rings.

•If your answering machine has a user-selectable ring counter, set the machine to answer

incoming calls within 1 ring.

•If you are in Tel mode when the answering machine is connected to your machine, you

must switch off the answering machine. otherwise, the outgoing message from the

answering machine will interrupt your phone conversation.

Using DRPD Mode

Distinctive Ring is a telephone company service which enables a user to use a single telephone line to

answer several different telephone numbers. The particular number someone uses to call you is

identified by different ringing patterns, which consist of various combinations of long and short ringing

sounds. This feature is often used by answering services who answer telephones for many different

clients and need to know which number someone is calling in on to properly answer the phone.

Using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) feature, your fax machine can learn the ring

pattern you designate to be answered by the fax machine. Unless you change it, this ringing pattern

will continue to be recognized and answered as a fax call, and all other ringing patterns will be

Receiving Faxes

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

forwarded to the extension telephone or answering machine plugged into the EXT socket. You can

easily suspend or change DRPD at any time.

Before using the DRPD option, Distinctive Ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the

telephone company. To set up DRPD, you will need another telephone line at your location, or someone

available to dial your fax number from outside.

For information about setting up DRPD, refer to Setting up DRPD Mode on page 168.

Receiving Faxes in Memory

Since your machine is a multi-tasking device, it can receive faxes while you are making copies or

printing. If you receive a fax while you are copying or printing, your machine stores incoming faxes in

its memory. Then, as soon as you finish copying or printing, the machine automatically prints the fax.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

The Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI produces high quality prints from electronic

documents. You can access the printer from your computer by installing the appropriate printer driver.

To access the many printer drivers which can be used with your machine, refer to the Drivers CD or

download the latest versions from the Xerox website at www.xerox.com.

This chapter includes:

•Printing using Windows on page 94

•Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM) on page 113

•Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI) on page 114

•SetIP on page 116

•Printing using Macintosh on page 117

•Printing using Linux on page 120

•Printing using Unix on page 122

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

The following provides an overview of the print procedure and features available when printing using

Windows.

Install Printer Software

You can install the printer software for local printing and network printing. To install the printer

software on the computer, perform the appropriate installation procedure depending on the printer in

use. The printer software also provides the Fax from PC function if selected during the installation

process.

A printer driver is software that lets your computer communicate with your printer. The procedure to

install drivers may differ depending on the operating system you are using. All applications should be

closed on your PC before beginning installation.

You can install the printer software for a local, networked or wireless printer using the typical or custom

method. For further information refer to the System Administrator Guide.

Local Printer

A local printer is a printer directly attached to your computer using a printer cable, such as a USB cable.

If your printer is attached to a network, refer to Networked Printer on page 96.

Note: If the “New Hardware Wizard” window appears during the installation procedure, select

Close or Cancel.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into

your CD-ROM drive. The CD-ROM

should automatically run, and an

installation window appear.

• If the installation window

does not appear, select the

Start button and then Run.

Type X:\Setup.exe,

replacing “X” with the letter

which represents your drive

and select OK.

• If you use Windows Vista,

select Start > All programs

> Accessories > Run, and

type X:\Setup.exe. If the

AutoPlay window appears in

Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in the Install or run program field, and select Continue

in the User Account Control window.

3. Select Install Software.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

4. Select Typical installation for a

local printer and follow the

wizard instructions to install the

local printer.

If your printer is not already connected to the computer, the Connect Device screen will appear.

After connecting the printer, select Next.

Note: If you don’t want to

connect the printer at this time,

select Next and then No on the

following screen. Then the

installation will start and a test

page will not be printed at the

end of the installation.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

5. After the installation is finished,

select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the

computer, a Tes t Pri n t page will be

printed. If the Te s t Print operation is

successful, continue on to Print

Procedure on page 102 in this

document. If the print operation

failed, refer to Troubleshooting on

page 188.

Networked Printer

When you connect your printer to a network, you must first configure the TCP/IP settings for the

printer. After you have assigned and verified the TCP/IP settings, you are ready to install the software

on each computer on the network.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your network and powered on. For details about

connecting to the network, refer to the System Administrator Guide.

2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into

your CD-ROM drive.

The CD-ROM should

automatically run, and an

installation window appears.

• If the installation window

does not appear, select the

Start button and then Run.

Type X:\Setup.exe,

replacing “X” with the letter

which represents your drive

and select OK.

• If you use Windows Vista,

select Start > All programs

> Accessories > Run, and

type X:\Setup.exe. If the

AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run program

field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.

3. Select Install Software.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

4. Select Typical installation for a

network printer and follow the

wizard instruction to select and

install the printer.

Note: For custom install

instructions, refer to the System

Administrator Guide.

5. After the installation is finished,

select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the

network, a Test Print page will be

printed. If the Te s t Print operation is

successful, continue on to Print

Procedure on page 102 in this

document. If the print operation

failed, refer to Troubleshooting on

page 188.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Custom Installation

With the custom installation, you can choose individual components to install.

1. Make sure that the printer is

connected to your computer and

powered on.

2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into

your CD-ROM drive.

The CD-ROM should

automatically run, and an

installation window appears. If

the installation window does not

appear, select Start and then

Run. Type X:\Setup.exe, replacing

"X" with the letter which

represents your drive and select

OK.

If you use Windows Vista, select

Start > All programs > Accessories

> Run, and type X:\Setup.exe.

Note: If the AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run

program field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.

3. Select Install Software.

4. Select Custom installation.

5. Select Next.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

6. Select your printer and select

Next.

Note: If your printer is not

already connected to the

computer, the following window

will appear.

7. Connect the printer and select

Next.

If you don't want to connect the

printer at this time, select Next,

and then No on the following

screen. Then the installation will

start and a test page will not be

printed at the end of the

installation.

Note: The installation window

that appears in this User Guide

may differ depending on the

printer and interface in use.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

100

8. Select the components to be

installed and select Next. You

can change the desired

installation folder by selecting

Browse.

9. After the installation is finished,

a window asking you to print a

test page appears. If you choose

to print a test page, select the

checkbox and select Next.

Otherwise, just select Next and

skip to step10.

10. If the test page prints out

correctly, select Yes. If not, select

No to reprint it.

11. Select Finish.

Wireless Printer (WorkCentre 3325DNI)

When you connect your printer to a network, you must first configure the TCP/IP settings for the

printer. After you have assigned and verified the TCP/IP settings, you are ready to install the software

on each computer on the network.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer with a usb cable and powered on. For

details about connecting to the network, refer to the System Administrator Guide.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

101

2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into

your CD-ROM drive.

The CD-ROM should

automatically run, and an

installation window appears.

• If the installation window

does not appear, select the

Start button and then Run.

Type X:\Setup.exe,

replacing “X” with the letter

which represents your drive

and select OK.

• If you use Windows Vista,

select Start > All programs

> Accessories > Run, and

type X:\Setup.exe. If the

AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run program

field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.

3. Select Install Software.

4. Select Wireless Setup and follow

the wizard instruction to select

and install the printer.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

102

If your printer is not already

connected to the computer, the

Connect Device screen will

appear. After connecting the

printer, select Next and follow

the wizard instruction to install

the printer.

5. After the installation is finished,

select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the

network, a Test Print page will be

printed. If the Te s t Print operation is

successful, continue on to Print

Procedure on page 102 in this

document. If the print operation

failed, refer to Troubleshooting on

page 188.

For more information refer to the

System Administrator Guide.

Print Procedure

Documents can be printed from your computer using the printer drivers supplied. The printer driver

must be loaded on each PC which uses the machine for printing.

Notes:

•Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

103

1. Select Print in your application.

2. From the Printer: Name drop

down menu, select your machine.

3. Select Properties or Preferences

to make your print selections on

the individual tabs. For more

information refer to the

following:

•Basic Tab on page 103

•Paper Tab on page 105

•Graphics Tab on page 107

•Advanced Tab on page 108

•Earth Smart Tab on

page 111

•Xerox Tab on page 112

4. Select OK to confirm your

selections.

5. Select OK to print your document.

Basic Tab

The Basic Tab provides selections for

the print mode to use and options to

adjust how the document appears on

the printed page. These options

include orientation settings, quality

settings, layout options and

double-sided printing settings.

Note: Some options may be

unavailable depending on your

printer model and configuration.

Print Mode

The Print Mode drop down menu

enables selection of various job types.

Note: Not all job types are

available, depending on your

model and machine

configuration.

•Normal: This is the default print

mode and is used for printing

without saving the print file in

memory.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

104

•Sample: Useful when printing more than one copy. Allows you to print one copy first, and the rest

of the copies later when they have been checked.

•Secure: This mode is used for printing confidential documents. A pop-up screen enables you to

enter a 4-digit password. At the machine, re-enter the password to release the job for print.

•Save: Select this option to save a document on the printer without printing. If you want to save it

as a secure job, enter a job name and 4-digit passcode in the pop-up screen. This feature requires

you to enter a passcode at the printer to release the job.

•Save and Print: This mode is used when printing and storing a job at the same time. Enter a job

name and 4-digit password in the pop-up screen to save the job.

•Spool: This mode can be used when handling large amounts of data. If you select this setting, the

printer spools the document onto the HDD and then prints it from the HDD queue, decreasing the

computer’s work load.

•Print Schedule: Select this option to print the document at a specified time. Enter the date and

time to print the job in the pop up screen.

Printing a Secure or Saved Job

At the machine:

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel.

2. Use the up/down arrows to select Saved Jobs and press OK.

3. Use the up/down arrows to highlight the job you want to print and select OK. Select Release and

select OK. If the job is passcode protected, enter the passcode you set in the print driver and select

Print.

4. Enter the required number of copies and press OK to print your document.

Orientation

Orientation allows you to select the direction in which information is printed on a page.

•Portrait: Prints across the width of the page, letter style.

•Landscape: Prints across the length of the page, spreadsheet style.

•Rotate 180 Degrees: This allows you to rotate the page 180 degrees.

Quality

Use this option to select the image quality setting required.

•Best: Use this option if printing graphics or photographs.

•Normal: Use this option for text or line art.

Layout Options

Layout Options allow you to select a different layout for your output. You can select the number of

pages to print on a single sheet of paper. To print more than one page per sheet, the pages will be

reduced in size and arranged in the order you specify.

•Single Page Per Side: Use this option if the layout does not require changing.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

105

•Multiple Pages Per Side: Use this option to print multiple pages on each page. You can print up to

16 pages on one sheet. Select the number of images required on each side, the page order and if

borders are required.

•Poster Printing: Use this option to divide a single-page document onto 4, 9 or 16 segments. Each

segment will be printed on a single sheet of paper for the purpose of pasting the sheets together

to form one poster-size document. Select Poster 2x2 for 4 pages, Poster 3x3 for 9 pages or Poster

4x4 for 16 pages. Then choose the overlap amount in mm or inches.

•Booklet Printing: This allows you to print your document on both sides of the paper and arrange

the pages so that the paper can be folded in half after printing to produce a booklet.

2 sided Printing

You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Before printing, decide how you want your document

oriented.

•Printer Default: If you select this option, this feature is determined by the settings made on the

control panel of the printer.

•None: The document is printed single-sided.

•Long Edge: This is the conventional layout used in book binding.

•Short Edge: This is the type often used with calendars.

•Reverse Double-Sided Printing: The document is printed two sided and the second side images

are rotated 180 degrees.

Paper Tab

Use the Paper Tab options to set the

basic paper handling specifications

when you access the printer

properties.

Copies

This allows you to choose the number

of copies to be printed. You can select

1 to 999 copies.

Paper Options

•Size: This allows you to set the

size of paper required for

printing. If the required size is

not listed in the Size box, select

Edit. When the Custom Paper

Setting window appears, set the

paper size and select OK. The

setting appears in the list so that

you can select it.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

106

•Source: Use this option to select the paper tray required. Use the bypass tray when printing on

special materials like envelopes and transparencies. If the paper source is set to Auto Select, the

printer automatically selects the paper source based on the requested size.

•Type: Set Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray selected. This will provide the best

quality printout. If printing Envelopes, ensure the Envelope tab is selected.

•Advanced: The advanced paper options allow you to select a different paper source for the first

page of your document or to add a front and/or back cover or to select transparency separators.

•First Page: To have the first page printed on a different paper type from the rest of the

document select the paper tray containing the paper required.

•Cover Page: From the Cover Options drop-down list, select either No Covers, Front Cover,

Back Cover or Front and Back Cover.

From the Options drop-down list select whether the cover(s) are to be Blank or

Preprinted,1 Sided Printed or 2 Sided Printed.

From the Source drop-down list select the paper tray that contains the paper for the covers

From the Type drop-down list select the type of paper for the covers.

•Transparency Separator: If transparency is selected as the paper type, you can select a blank

or printed Separator page to be added from another paper tray. From the Source drop-down

list, select the tray containing the paper for the separator. The separator page will be added

after each transparency.

Scaling Options

This allows you to automatically or manually scale your print job on a page.

•Fit to Page: This allows you to scale your print job to any selected paper size, regardless of the

digital document size.

•Percentage: Use this option to change the contents of a page to appear larger or smaller on the

printed page. Enter the scaling rate in the Percentage input box.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

107

Graphics Tab

Use the following options to adjust

the print quality for your specific

printing needs.

Font/Text

•Darken Text: Use this option to

select the level of darkness to

apply to the text in your

document.

•All Text Black: Select this

checkbox to have all text in your

document print in solid black,

regardless of the color it appears

on the screen.

•Advanced: Use this option to set

font options. True Type fonts can

be downloaded as Outline or

Bitmap Images or printed as

Graphics. Select the Use Printer

Fonts option if the fonts do not

require downloading and the

printer fonts should be used.

Toner Save

Selecting this option extends the life of your print cartridge and reduces your cost per page without a

significant reduction in print quality.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

108

Advanced Tab

You can select Advanced output

options for your document, such as

watermarks or overlay text.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

109

Watermark.

This option allows you to print text

over an existing document. There are

several predefined watermarks that

come with the printer which can be

modified, or you can add new ones to

the list.

Using an Existing Watermark

Select the required watermark from

the Watermark drop-down list. You

will see the selected watermark in the

preview image.

Creating a Watermark

1. Select Edit from the Watermark

drop-down list. The Edit

Watermark window appears.

2. Enter a text message in the

Watermark Message box. You

can enter up to 40 characters.

The message displays in the

preview window. When the First Page Only box is checked, the watermark prints on the first page

only.

3. Select the watermark options. You can select the font name, style, size or shade from the Font

Attributes section and set the angle of the watermark from the Message Angle section.

4. Select Add to add the new watermark to the list.

5. When you have finished editing, select OK.

Editing a Watermark

1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.

2. Select the watermark you want to edit from the Current Watermarks list and change the

watermark message options.

3. Select Update to save the changes.

4. When you have finished editing, select OK.

Deleting a Watermark

1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.

2. Select the watermark you want to delete from the Current Watermarks list and select Delete.

3. Select OK.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

110

Overlay

An Overlay is text and/or images stored on the computer hard disk drive as a special file format that

can be printed on any document. Overlays are often used to take the place of preprinted forms and

letterhead paper.

Note: This option is only available when you use the PCL6 Printer Driver.

Creating a New Page Overlay

To use a page overlay, you must first create one containing your logo or another image.

1. Create or open a document containing text or an image for use in a new page overlay. Position the

items exactly as you want them to appear when printed as an overlay.

2. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.

3. Select Create and type a name in the File name box. Select the destination path, if necessary.

4. Select Save. The name appears in the Overlay List box.

5. Select OK.

Note: The overlay document size must be the same as the documents you print with the overlay.

Do not create an overlay with a watermark.

6. Select OK on the Advanced tab page.

7. Select OK in the main Print window.

8. An Are you Sure? message displays. Select Yes to confirm.

Using a Page Overlay

1. Select the required overlay from the Overlay drop-down list box.

If the overlay file you want does not appear in the overlay list, select the Edit button and Load

Overlay, and select the Overlay file.

If you have stored the overlay file you want to use in an external source, you can also load the file

when you access the Load Overlay window.

After you select the file, select Open. The file appears in the Overlay List box and is available for

printing. Select the overlay from the Overlay List box.

2. If necessary, select Confirm Page Overlay When Printing. If this box is checked, a message

window appears each time you submit a document for printing, asking you to confirm your wish to

print an overlay on your document.

If this box is not checked and an overlay has been selected, the overlay automatically prints with

your document.

3. Select OK.

Deleting a Page Overlay

1. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.

2. Select the Overlay you want to delete from the Overlay List box.

3. Select Delete Overlay. When a confirming message window appears, select Yes.

4. Select OK.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

111

Output Options

Select the required Print order from the drop-down list box:

•Normal: All pages are printed.

•Reverse All Pages: Your printer prints all pages from the last page to the first page.

•Print Odd Pages: Your printer prints only the odd numbered pages of the document.

•Print Even Pages: Your printer prints only the even numbered pages of the document.

Tick the Skip Blank Pages checkbox if you do not want blank pages to be printed.

To add a binding margin, tick the Manual Margin checkbox and select Details to select the margin

position and width.

Security

The Job Encryption feature is enabled only when the HDD is installed. This feature protects the printing

information even though the data is sent over the network. When the Job Encryption checkbox is

checked, the printing data is encrypted and transmitted to the machine. The HDD is used to decrypt

the printing data before it is printed.

Earth Smart Tab

The Earth Smart Tab provides options

to decrease the amount of energy

and paper used in the printing process

and displays a visual representation

of the savings made.

Type

The Type drop-down list is used to

select the main Earth Smart option

for the printer.

•None: No energy or paper saving

options are automatically

selected.

•Earth Smart Printing: When this

option is selected, 2 Sided

Printing, Layout, Skip Blank

Pages and Toner Save can be

customized to suit requirements.

•Printer Default. This option

automatically selects the printer

default settings.

Printing using Windows

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

112

Result Simulator

This area of the Earth Smart Tab shows a visual representation of the estimated energy and paper

savings based on the selections made.

Xerox Tab

This tab provides version and

to drivers and downloads, supplies

ordering and the Xerox website.

Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

113

Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM)

Xerox Easy Printer Manager is a Windows-based application that combines Xerox machine settings

into one location. Xerox Easy Printer Manager conveniently combines device settings as well as

printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan to PC and Fax to PC. All of these features

provide a gateway to conveniently use Xerox devices.

For information about using the Easy Printer Manager, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre

3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.

Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

114

Wireless Setting Program

(WorkCentre 3325DNI)

When installing the WorkCentre 3325DNI you can use the Wireless Setting program that was

automatically installed with the printer driver to configure the wireless settings.

To open the program:

1. Select Start > Programs or All Programs > Xerox Printers > Xerox WorkCentre 3325 > Wireless

Setting Program.

2. Connect the machine to your

computer using the USB cable.

Note: During installation, the

printer needs to be temporarily

connected using the USB cable.

3. Select Next.

Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

115

4. Once the machine is connected

to the computer with the USB

cable, the program searches for

WLAN data.

Note: It may be necessary to

select the program again before

this screen appears.

5. When the search is complete, the

wireless Network Setting

Information is displayed.

6. If you want to configure the

settings, select Next.

SetIP

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

116

SetIP

The SetIP program is a utility program allowing you to select a network interface and manually

configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP protocol. This program is on the software CD that

comes with your printer.

For information on using the SetIP program, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre

3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.

Printing using Macintosh

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

117

Printing using Macintosh

This section explains how to print using a Macintosh. You need to set the print environment before

printing. Refer to the System Administrator Guide.

Smart Panel is a program that monitors and informs you of the machine’s status, and allows you to

customize the machine’s settings. Smart Panel is installed automatically when you install the machine

software.

Printing a Document

When you print with a Macintosh, you need to check the printer driver setting in each application you

use. Follow the steps below to print from a Macintosh.

1. Open the document you want to print.

2. Open the File menu and select Page Setup (Document Setup in some applications).

3. Choose your paper size, orientation, scaling and other options. Make sure that your machine is

selected and select OK.

4. Open the File menu and select Print.

5. Choose the number of copies you want and indicate which pages you want to print.

6. Select Print.

Changing Printer Settings

You can use advanced printing features provided by your machine.

Open an application and select Print from the File menu. The machine name, which appears in the

printer properties window may differ depending on the machine in use. Except for the name, the

composition of the printer properties window is similar to the following.

Note: The setting options may differ depending on the printer and the Macintosh OS version.

Layout

The Layout tab provides options to adjust how the document appears on the printed page. You can

print multiple pages on one sheet of paper.

Graphics

The Graphics tab provides options for selecting Resolution. Select Graphics from the drop-down list

under Orientation to access the graphic features.

Resolution

This option allows you to select the printing resolution. The higher the setting, the sharper the clarity of

printed characters and graphics. The higher setting also may increase the time it takes to print a

document.

Printing using Macintosh

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

118

Paper

Set Paper Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray from which you want to print. This will let

you get the best quality printout. If you load a different type of print material, select the corresponding

paper type.

Printer Features

The Printer Features tab provides Reverse Duplex Printing. Select Printer Features from the

drop-down list under Orientation to access the following features.

•Reverse Duplex Printing: The document is printed 2 sided and the second side images are rotated

180 degrees.

Toner Save Mode

Selecting this option extends the life of your print cartridge and reduces your cost per page without a

significant reduction in print quality.

•On: Select this option to allow the printer to use less toner on each page.

•Off: If you do not need to save toner when printing a document, select this option.

Printing Multiple Pages on one Sheet

You can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature provides a cost-effective way

to print draft pages.

1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.

2. Select Layout from the drop-down list under Orientation. In the Pages per Sheet drop-down list,

select the number of pages you want to print on one sheet of paper.

3. Select the other options you want to use.

4. Select Print. The machine prints the selected number of pages you want to print on one sheet of

paper.

Two Sided Printing

You can print on both sides of the paper. Before printing in the duplex mode, decide on which edge you

will be binding your finished document.

1. From your Macintosh application, select Print from the File menu.

2. Select Layout from the drop-down list under Orientation.

3. Select a binding orientation from the Two Sided Printing option:

•Long-Edge Binding: This option is the conventional layout used in book binding.

•Short-Edge Binding: This option is the type often used with calendars.

4. Select the other options you want to use and select Print.

Printing using Macintosh

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

119

Using Smart Panel

If an error occurs while operating, you can check the error from the Smart Panel. You can also launch

Smart Panel manually:

•For Mac OS 10.5: Select Print & Fax from System Preferences > Open Printer Queue... of a printer >

Utility.

•For Mac OS 10.6: Select Print & Fax from System Preferences > Open Printer Queue... of a printer >

Printer Setup > Utility > Open Printer Utility.

Printing using Linux

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

120

Printing using Linux

Printing from Applications

There are a lot of Linux applications that allow you to print using Common UNIX Printing System

(CUPS). You can print on your machine from any such application.

1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.

2. Select Print directly using lpr.

3. In the LPR GUI window, select the machine from the printer list and select Properties.

4. Change the print job properties using the following four tabs displayed at the top of the window.

•General: This option allows you to change the paper size, the paper type, and the orientation

of the documents. It enables the duplex feature, adds start and end banners, and changes

the number of pages per sheet.

•Text: This option allows you to specify the page margins and set the text options, such as

spacing or columns.

•Graphics: This option allows you to set image options that are used when printing image

files, such as color options, image size, or image position.

•Advanced: This option allows you to set the print resolution, paper source, and destination.

5. Select Apply to apply the changes and close the Properties window.

6. Select OK in the LPR GUI window to start printing.

The Printing window appears, allowing you to monitor the status of your print job.

Printing Files

You can print many different file types on your machine using the standard CUPS utility, directly from

the command line interface. However, the drivers package replaces the standard lpr tool with a much

more user-friendly LPR GUI program.

To print any document file:

1. Type lpr <file_name> from the Linux shell command line and press Enter. The LPR GUI window

appears.

2. When you type only lpr and press Enter, the Select file(s) to print window appears first. Just

select any files you want to print and select Open.

3. In the LPR GUI window, select your machine from the list, and change the print job properties.

4. Select OK to start printing.

Configuring Printer Properties

Using the Printer Properties window provided by the Printers configuration, you can change the

various properties for your machine as a printer.

1. Open the Unified Driver Configurator.

If necessary, switch to Printers configuration.

2. Select your machine on the available printers list and select Properties.

Printing using Linux

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

121

3. The Printer Properties window opens.

The following five tabs display at the top of the window:

•General: This option allows you to change the printer location and name. The name entered

in this tab displays on the printer list in Printers configuration.

•Connection: This option allows you to view or select another port. If you change the machine

port from USB to parallel or vice versa while in use, you must re-configure the machine port in

this tab.

•Driver: This option allows you to view or select another machine driver. By selecting Options,

you can set the default device options.

•Jobs: This option shows the list of Print jobs. Select Cancel job to cancel the selected job and

select the Show completed jobs check box to see previous jobs on the job list.

•Classes: This option shows the class that your machine is in. Select Add to Class to add your

machine to a specific class or select Remove from Class to remove the machine from the

selected class.

4. Select OK to apply the changes and close the Printer Properties window.

Printing using Unix

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

122

Printing using Unix

Printing Files

After installing the printer, choose any of the image, text, PS to print.

1. Execute “printui <file_name_to_print>” command. For example, if you are printing “document1”

use printui document1 command.

This will open the UNIX Printer Driver Print Job Manager in which the user can select various print

options.

2. Select a printer that has already been added.

3. Select the printing options from the window such as Page Selection.

4. Select how many copies are needed in Number of Copies.

5. Press OK to start the print job.

Configuring Printer Properties

The UNIX printer driver Print Job Manager allows you to configure various print options using the

printer Properties option. The following hot keys may also be used: H for Help, O for OK, A for Apply,

and C for Cancel.

General Tab

•Paper Size: Set the paper size as A4, Letter, or other paper sizes, according to your requirements.

•Paper Type: Choose the type of the paper. Options available in the list box are Printer Default,

Plain, and Thick.

•Paper Source: Select from which tray the paper is used. By default, it is Auto Selection.

•Orientation: Select the direction in which information is printed on a page.

•Duplex: Print on both sides of paper to save paper.

•Multiple pages: Print several pages on one side of the paper.

•Page Border: Choose any of the border styles (e.g., Single-line hairline, Double-line hairline)

Image Tab

In this tab, you can change the brightness, resolution, or image position of your document.

Text Tab

Use this tab to set the character margin, line space, or the columns of the actual print output.

Margins Tab

•Use Margins: Set the margins for the document. By default, margins are not enabled. The user

can change the margin settings by changing the values in the respective fields. Set by default,

these values depend on the page size selected.

Printing using Unix

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

123

•Unit: Change the units to points, inches, or centimeters.

Printer-Specific Settings Tab

Select various options in the JCL and General frames to customize various settings. These options are

specific to the printer and depend on the PPD file.

Printing using Unix

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

124

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

125

USB Port

USB memory devices are available with a variety of memory capacities to give you more room for

storing documents. For information about setting up and enabling the USB Port, refer to the System

Administrator Guide.

This chapter includes:

•Inserting the USB Memory Device on page 126

•Scanning to USB Memory Device on page 127

•Printing from USB Memory Device on page 128

•Managing USB Memory on page 129

Inserting the USB Memory Device

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

126

Inserting the USB Memory Device

1. Check your USB Memory Device is within specification.

• Your machine supports USB memory devices with

FAT16/FAT32 and sector size of 512 bytes.

• You must use only an authorized USB memory

device with an A plug type connector.

• Use only an USB memory device with

metal-shielded connector.

2. Insert the USB memory device into the USB memory port

on your machine.

CAUTIONS:

• Do not remove the USB memory device while it is in

use.

• If your USB memory device has certain features,

such as security settings and password settings, your

machine may not automatically detect it. For details

about these features, see your USB memory device

User Guide.

Scanning to USB Memory Device

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

127

Scanning to USB Memory Device

You can scan a document and save the scanned image onto a USB memory device. When the USB

Memory Device is inserted into the USB memory port, the option to Scan To USB is automatically

displayed. If this option is selected, the machine immediately scans your documents using the default

scan settings. If different scan settings are required for your job, change the settings prior to inserting

the USB Memory Device. Refer to Select the Features on page 50 for information about changing the

scan settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

1. Load the documents to be scanned either face down on the document glass or face up into the

automatic document feeder.

2. Insert a USB Memory Device into the USB memory port on your machine. The USB menu

automatically displays.

Note: When in Power Save mode, the machine will not recognize when a USB Memory Device is

inserted into the USB port. Press any button to restore the machine to a normal state and reinsert

the USB Memory Device into the port.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to USB and press OK.

4. Your machine begins scanning the original, and then asks if you want to scan another page.

To scan another page, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK. Load an original

and press Start.

Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.

After scanning is complete, you can remove the USB memory device from the machine.

Printing from USB Memory Device

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

128

Printing from USB Memory Device

You can directly print files stored on a USB memory device. You can print the following supported file

types:

•PRN: Only files created by the driver provided with your machine are compatible. PRN files

can be created by selecting the Print to file check box when you print a document. The

document will be saved as a PRN file, rather than printed on paper. Only PRN files created

using this method can be printed directly from a USB memory device.

•BMP: Uncompressed

•TIFF: TIFF 6.0 Baseline

•JPEG: JPEG Baseline

•PDF: PDF 1.7 and below

•PCL: A PCL file

•PS: A PostScript file

•TXT: A text file

To print a document from a USB memory device:

1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port

on your machine.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print from USB

and press OK.

Your machine automatically detects the device and

reads data stored on it.

3. Press the up/down arrows until the folder or file you want

highlights and press OK.

If you see + in the front of a folder name, there are one

or more files or folders in the selected folder.

If you selected a folder, press the up/down arrows until

the file you want highlights and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select the number of copies

to be printed or enter the number.

5. Press OK or Start to start printing the selected file.

After printing the file, the display asks if you want to print another job.

6. To print another document, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.

Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.

7. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Managing USB Memory

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

129

Managing USB Memory

You can delete image files stored on a USB memory device one by one or all at once by reformatting

the device.

CAUTION: After deleting files or reformatting a USB memory device, files cannot be restored.

Therefore, confirm that you no longer need the data before deleting it.

Deleting an Image File

1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port

on your machine.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Manage Files and

press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delete and press

OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows until the folder or file you want

highlights and press OK.

If you see + in the front of a folder name, there are one

or more files or folders in the selected folder.

If you selected a file, the display shows the size of the file

for about 2 seconds.

If you selected a folder, press the up/down arrows until

the file you want to delete highlights and press OK.

5. To delete the file, press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.

6. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Formatting a USB Memory Device

1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port on your machine.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Manage Files and press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Format and press OK.

4. To format a USB memory device, press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.

5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Viewing the USB Memory Status

1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port on your machine.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Available Space and press OK.

The available memory space appears on the display.

3. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Managing USB Memory

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

130

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

131

CentreWare Internet

Services

CentreWare Internet Services uses the embedded HTTP Server on the machine. This allows you to

communicate with your machine through a web browser. Entering the IP Address of the machine as

the URL (Universal Resource Locator) in the browser provides direct access to the machine over the

internet or intranet. For detailed setup information refer to the System Administrator Guide.

This chapter includes:

•Using CentreWare Internet Services on page 132

•Status on page 133

•Jobs on page 134

•Print on page 137

•Address Book on page 138

•Properties on page 141

•Support on page 142

Using CentreWare Internet Services

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

132

Using CentreWare Internet Services

Prior to connecting to CentreWare Internet Services the machine must be connected to the network

either physically (all models) or wirelessly (WorkCentre 3325DNI only) and have TCP/IP and HTTP

enabled. An operational workstation with TCP/IP Internet or Intranet accessibility is also required.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

To access CentreWare Internet Services:

1. Open the web browser from your workstation.

2. In the URL field, enter http:// followed by the IP Address of the machine. For example: if the IP

Address is 192.168.100.100, enter the following into the URL field: http://192.168.100.100

3. Press Enter to view the Home page.

The CentreWare Internet Services options for your machine are displayed.

Note: To find the IP Address of your machine, print a configuration report. For instructions, refer to

Information Pages on page 157.

Home Page

The Internet Services Home page

provides information about your

machine and access to the

CentreWare Internet Services options.

The Home Page provides information

about the machine name and address

details. Use the Refresh Status

button to update the machine status

information.

The Earth Smart option available at

the top of the screen enables this

feature to be turned On or Off.

Note: You must be logged in as Administrator to enable this feature.

If a different language is required, select the language drop-down menu and change to the language

required.

Use the Index option to navigate to specific topics.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Status

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

133

Status

Use this option to review status information about your machine.

The Status page allows you to view

any active alerts being displayed by

the machine, and see the status of

the print cartridge.

The Usage Counters page allows you

to view the number of impressions,

faxes and scans sent by the machine.

In the Current Settings menu,

information about the machine setup

and network information can also be viewed.

The Print Information page allows you to print the configuration report, address book, completed jobs

list and other documents about the machine usage.

Jobs

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

134

Jobs

The Jobs tab enables you to setup

and manage Local Drive Folders and

provides access to the Job

Management folders.

Note: The Jobs tab is not present

on the WorkCentre 3315DN

unless the optional memory is

installed and the RAM Disk

enabled. When the Jobs tab is

enabled the only options available are Active Jobs, Stored Print and Secure Print.

Folders

The Local Drive feature allows you to scan documents to the device hard drive and store them in

folders. Folders are created and managed using Internet Services. Once a folder has been created, it is

available for storing documents when the Local Drive option is selected at the device.

Creating a Folder

1. At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the

Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Click on the Jobs icon. The available folders are displayed. By default, the Default Public folder is

available to store scanned images.

4. To create a new folder, click on the Add Folder button.

5. Enter the name of your folder in the Folder Name area.

6. Enter the owner of your folder in the Owner area.

7. To create a private folder, click the Private Folder checkbox. A private folder requires you to enter a

password to access the folder. Enter a password for your private folder in the Password and

Confirm Password areas.

8. Click Apply. The new folder will appear in the folders list.

9. Your new folder will be available to select in the Local Drive feature at the device.

Using Folders

1. At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the

Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Click on the Jobs icon. The available folders are displayed.

4. Click on the folder required. A list of the jobs in the folder is displayed. The jobs can be filtered

using the drop-down menu above the list.

Jobs

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

135

5. Select the scanned document required. Select Delete to delete the document or Edit to change

the document properties. To move or copy the document to another folder, drag the document

icon to the folder required and select Move or Copy.

Job Management

Click the links in the left hand menu to see your jobs. The options are:

Active Jobs

Displays the list of jobs which are currently being processed on the device. The Job Name, Status and

User are shown.

1. To delete an active job select Active Jobs and then select the job requiring deletion.

2. Select the Delete option.

3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the job.

Completed Jobs

Displays a list of jobs which have been completed by the device. The Job Name, Status, User, Date of

completion, Paper Size and Page Count are shown for each job.

Stored Print

Stored Print allows you to access and print your jobs which have been saved on the device.

To Store a job on the device:

1. Select a document to store and select file > print.

2. Select the 3325 printer driver.

3. Select Save and Print from the Print Mode menu.

To print your Stored Job:

1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Stored Print.

2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.

To delete your Stored Job:

1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Stored Print.

2. Select your job and click Delete.

3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Stored Job. Your stored job is

deleted.

Secure Print

Secure Print allows you to access and print your secure jobs which have been sent to the device.

To send a Secure Print job:

1. Open a document to print and select the 3325 printer driver.

Jobs

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

136

2. Select Secure from the Print Mode menu and enter a 4-digit pin number for your job.

To print your Secure Print Job:

1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Print.

2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.

To delete your Secure Print Job:

1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Print.

2. Select your job and click Delete.

3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Secure Print Job. Your Secure Print

job is deleted.

Secure Received Fax

Allows you to access and print your Secure Fax jobs which have been received at the device.

To print your Secure Received Fax Job:

1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Received Fax.

2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.

To delete your Secure Received Fax Job:

1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Received Fax.

2. Select your job and click Delete.

3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Secure Received Fax. The secure fax

job is deleted.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

137

The Print option enables you to send

a print ready job to the printer over

the internet. You can send the job

from your desktop or from a remote

location.

File Download

Print-ready documents can be quickly

and easily submitted for printing

using the File Download page. A

print-ready document is a file that

has been formatted and saved for printing from the application that created it, or the Print to File

check box was checked in the printer driver screen.

The following file formats can be printed from the Job Submission page:

•PDF

•PCL

• PostScript®

•Plain Text

•PRN files

Large print jobs need adequate space on your hard drive when printing through Internet Services.

1. At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the

Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Print icon. The Print Options page displays.

4. Select the number of copies required in the Quantity menu.

5. Select the required orientation of your print from the Orientation menu.

6. Select the required option for 2-Sided printing.

7. In the Print-Ready File area, select the Browse button. The File Download page displays.

8. Select the print-ready document and select OK.

9. Select Apply to print the document.

Address Book

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

138

Address Book

The Address Book tab allows you to create individual and group address lists to use with the E-mail and

Fax features. You can also use Address Book to create Scan to FTP/SMB destinations. For instructions

on creating Scan to FTP/SMB destinations refer to the System Administrator Guide.

Create New Individual

To add a new Individual in the

Address Book:

1. At your Workstation, open the

web browser and enter the IP

Address of the machine in the

Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Click Address Book.

4. Click Individual if not already

selected.

5. Click Add.

6. Enter name, speed dial number, e-mail address and fax number as required.

7. Click Apply.

Delete an Individual Address Book Entry

1. In the Address Book area, click the Individual link and check the checkbox for the address you

want to delete.

2. Select the Delete button.

3. Select OK when the ‘Do you really want to delete selected items?’ message displays.

Address Book

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

139

Create a Group Address Book using Internet Services

1. At your Workstation, open the

web browser and enter the IP

Address of the machine in the

Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Address Book icon.

4. Select the E-mail Groups link.

5. Select Add Group.

6. Enter a name in the Group

Name field.

7. Select the required Speed Dial

number.

8. Select the Add Individual(s)

after this group is created checkbox to add individual addresses immediately after the group has

been created.

Note: If this option is not selected, when Apply is selected you will return to the E-mail Groups

Address Book page.

9. Select Apply to save the changes.

The Add window is displayed

10. Select an individual address from

the left window and click on the

arrow to add the individual to

the new group. The address is

shown in the right window.

Continue adding the individuals

required.

11. When all the individuals have

been added to the group, select

Apply. The E-mail Groups

Address Book page is displayed.

Note If an address book is already established, you may be warned that duplicate entries exist

and that the new entries will be ignored.

Edit a Group in the Address Book

1. In the E-mail Group Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to edit.

2. Select the Edit Group button.

Add or remove individuals as required using the arrow button.

3. Select Apply. The group is updated and the E-mail Groups Address Book page is displayed.

Address Book

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

140

Delete a Group in the Address Book

1. In the E-mail Group Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to delete.

2. Select the Delete Group button.

3. Select the OK button when the ‘Do you really want to delete selected items?’ message displays.

Create a Group Dial using Internet Services

1. At your Workstation, open the

web browser and enter the IP

Address of the machine in the

Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Address Book icon.

4. Select the Fax Groups link.

5. Select the Add Group button.

6. Enter a name in the Group

Name field.

7. Select the required Speed Dial

number. Click the box to select Add Individuals after Group Created.

8. Click Apply to save the changes and return to the Fax Groups Address Book page.

Note If an address book is already established, you may be warned that duplicate entries exist

and that the new entries will be ignored.

Delete a Group Dial

1. In the Fax Groups Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to delete.

2. Select the Delete Group button.

3. Select the OK button for the ‘Do you really want to delete selected items?’ message.

Properties

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

141

Properties

The Properties option contains all the

settings, setups and default values for

installing and setting up the machine.

These are usually protected by a user

name and password and should only

be changed by your System

Administrator.

For information about all the

Properties options, refer to the

System Administrator Guide.

Note: The Properties tab only

appears when the administrator

is logged in or when the CWIS Access Control has been disabled.

Support

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

142

Support

The Support option contains

information about the firmware

version of your product and contact

information for your System

Administrator.

Links are also provided to the Xerox

website for downloading the Printer

Drivers and User Guides, ordering

supplies, accessing Technical Support

or registering your machine.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

143

Paper and Media

This chapter contains information about the different types of stock and stock sizes that can be used

on your machine, available paper trays and the types of stock and sizes supported by each tray.

This chapter includes:

•Loading Paper on page 144

•Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148

•Media Specifications on page 150

Loading Paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

144

Loading Paper

One paper tray and a bypass tray are standard on your machine. Paper tray 2 is available to purchase

as an option.

Various media sizes and types can be used in the trays. For more media specifications, refer to Media

Specifications on page 150.

Preparing Paper for Loading

Before loading paper into the paper trays, flex or fan the

edges of the paper stack. This procedure separates any sheets

of paper that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of

paper jams.

Note: To avoid unnecessary paper jams and misfeeds do

not remove paper from its packaging until required.

Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional)

The paper level indicator on the front of tray 1 and the

optional tray 2 shows the amount of paper currently left in

the tray. When the tray is empty, the indicator is completely

lowered as shown in the illustration: shows full,

shows empty.

Using the instructions provided below, load paper into the

machine. Paper tray 1 can hold up to 250 sheets and paper

tray 2 (optional) can hold up to 520 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²)

paper. For more media specifications, refer to Media

Specifications on page 150.

1. Pull out the paper tray and load paper into the tray, print

side down. Do not fill above the Maximum Fill line

indicated by the symbol .

1 2



Loading Paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

145

2. Slide the paper length guide until it lightly touches the

end of the paper stack.

3. Position the side guide by squeezing the lever and sliding

it towards the stack of paper, until it gently touches the

side of the stack.

4. Insert the paper tray into the machine.

5. After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size

and type using the control panel. Press OK to confirm the

settings or Stop to change the settings. These settings

will apply to Copy and Fax modes.

6. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the

Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,

color and type. Not confirming the paper details may

result in printing delays. For information about setting

the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to

Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the

control panel.

Using the Bypass Tray

The bypass tray is located on the front of your machine. It can be closed when not in use, making the

product more compact. Use the bypass tray to print transparencies, labels, envelopes or postcards in

addition to making quick runs of paper types or sizes that are not currently loaded in the paper tray.

When using the bypass tray for special media it may be necessary to use the rear door for the output.

For further information refer to Media Output Locations on page 23.

Acceptable print media is plain paper from 3.0 x 5.0 inches to 8.5 x 14 inches Legal (76 mm x 127 mm

to 216 mm x 356 mm) and weighing between 16 lb and 58 lb (60 g/m² and 220 g/m²). For more media

specifications, refer to Media Specifications on page 150.

Loading Paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

146

Loading the Bypass Tray

1. Lower the bypass tray , located on the front of the

machine and unfold the paper support extension .

2. Prepare a stack of paper for loading by flexing or fanning

it back and forth. Straighten the edges on a level surface.

Remove any curl on postcards, envelopes and labels

before loading them into the bypass tray.

Note: The bypass tray can hold a maximum of 50 sheets

of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper, 5 transparency sheets or

5 envelopes.

3. Load the print material between the width guides with

the print side facing up.

Note: Hold transparencies by the edges and avoid

touching the print side.

4. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print

material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print

media. The stack should be under the Maximum Fill line

indicated by the symbol .

5. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the

Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,

color and type. Not confirming the paper details may

result in printing delays. For information about setting

the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to

Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your

computer override the settings on the control panel.

6. After printing, remove any unfed paper and close the

bypass tray.

Envelope Mode

1. Lower the bypass tray, located on the front of the machine and unfold the paper support

extension.

2. Remove any curl on envelopes before loading them into the bypass tray. Prepare a stack of

envelopes for loading by flexing or fanning them back and forth. A maximum of 5 envelopes can

be loaded. Straighten the edges on a level surface.

Note: For more information on media specifications, refer to Media Specifications on page 150.



Loading Paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

147

3. Load envelopes short edge feed and with the flaps facing

down as shown in the illustration.

4. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print

material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print

media. The stack should be under the Maximum Fill line

indicated by the symbol .

5. Open the rear door and leave the door open during

printing.

6. When printing from your computer, ensure you press the

Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,

color and type. Not confirming the paper details may

result in printing delays. For information about setting

the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to

Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your

computer override the settings on the control panel.

7. After printing, close the bypass tray.



Setting Paper Size and Type

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

148

Setting Paper Size and Type

After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size and type using the control panel. These

settings will apply to Copy and Fax modes. For computer printing, select the paper size and type in the

application program you use on your computer.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the

control panel.

After closing the paper tray the Paper Size and Type settings are automatically displayed. If correct,

use the settings displayed or follow the steps below to change the settings to match the Paper Size and

Type of paper loaded.

Setting the Paper Size

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Size and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper size you want.

7. Press OK to save the selection.

8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

If you want to use special sized paper, select a custom paper size in the Printer Driver. Refer to Paper

Options on page 105 for instructions.

Setting the Paper Type

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Type and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper type you want.

7. Press OK to save the selection.

8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Setting the Paper Source

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Setting Paper Size and Type

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

149

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Source and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Copy Tray or Fax Tray and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want.

7. Press OK to save the selection.

8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Media Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

150

Media Specifications

Media Guidelines

When selecting or loading paper, envelopes or other special media please adhere to these guidelines:

• Attempting to print on damp, curled, wrinkled or torn paper can cause paper jams and poor print

quality.

• Use only high quality copier grade paper. Avoid paper with embossed lettering, perforations or

texture that is too smooth or too rough.

• Store paper in its ream wrapper until ready to use. Place cartons on pallets or shelves, not on the

floor. Do not place heavy objects on top of the paper, whether it is packaged or unpackaged. Keep

it away from moisture or other conditions that can cause it to wrinkle or curl.

• During storage, moisture-proof wrap (any plastic container or bag) should be used to prevent dust

and moisture from contaminating your paper.

• Always use paper and other media that conforms to the specifications.

• Use only well-constructed envelopes with sharp, well creased folds:

• DO NOT use envelopes with clasps and snaps.

• DO NOT use envelopes with windows, coated lining, self-adhesive seals, or other synthetic

materials.

• DO NOT use damaged or poorly made envelopes.

• Only use the special media recommended for use in laser printers.

• To prevent special media such as transparencies and label sheets from sticking together, remove

them from the exit tray as they are printed.

• Place transparencies on a flat surface after removing them from the machine.

• Do not leave the special media in the bypass tray for long periods of time. Dust and dirt may

accumulate on them resulting in spotty printing.

• To avoid smudging caused by fingerprints, handle transparencies and coated paper carefully.

• To avoid fading, do not expose the printed transparencies to prolonged sunlight.

• Store unused media at temperatures between 59°F and 86°F (15°C to 30°C). The relative humidity

should be between 10% and 70%.

• When loading paper, do not fill above the Maximum Fill line indicated by the symbol .

• Verify that your labels’ adhesive material can tolerate fusing temperature of 200oC (392oF) for 0.1

second.

• Ensure that there is no exposed adhesive material between labels.

CAUTION: Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off during printing, which can cause paper

jams. Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to machine components.

• Do not feed a sheet of labels through the machine more than once. The adhesive backing is

designed for one pass only through the machine.

• Do not use labels that are separating from the backing sheet or are wrinkled, bubbled, or

otherwise damaged.



Media Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

151

Media Types

The table below shows the media types supported for Copy, Print or Fax for each tray for the following

paper sizes:

Key:

• A4 8.27 x 11.69 inches (210 x 297 mm)

• Letter 8.5 x 11.0 inches (216 x 279 mm)

• Legal 8.5 x 14.0 inches (216 x 355. mm)

• Oficio 8.5 x 13.5 inches (216 x 343 mm)

• Folio 8.5 x 13.0 inches (216 x 330 mm

Types Supported Weights Tray 1 Tray 2 Bypass

Tray

Duplex

Unit

Plain 19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m²)O O O O

Thick 24 to 28 lb (91 to 105 g/m²)O O O O

Thicker 43 to 58 lb (164 to 220 g/m²)X X O X

Thin 16 to 18 lb (60 to 70 g/m²) O O O O

Cotton 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²) X X O X

Colored 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²) X X O X

Preprinted 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)X X O X

Recycled 19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m²)O O O O

Transparency

(A4 / Letter

only)

37 to 39 lb (138 to 146 g/m²)X X O X

Labels 32 to 40 lb (120 to 150 g/m²)X X O X

Card Stock 32 to 43 lb (121 to 163 g/m²)O O O X

Bond 28 to 32 lb (105 to 120 g/m²)O O O O

Archival 28 to 32 lb (105 to 120 g/m²) if you

need to keep the print-out for a long

period time, such as archives, select this

option

O O O X

Supported Not SupportedOX

Media Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

152

The table below shows the media types supported for Print for each tray for the following paper sizes:

Key:

For more information on supported paper sizes and weights, refer to Media Specifications on page 225.

• JIS B5 7.17 x 10.12 inches (182 x 257 mm)

• ISO B5 6.93 x 9.84 inches (176 x 250 mm)

• Executive 7.25 x 10.50 inches (184.2 x 266.7 mm)

• A5 5.85 x 8.27 inches (148.5 x 210 mm)

• A6 4.13 x 5.85 inches (105 x 148.5 mm)

• Postcard 4x6inches (101.6x152.4mm)

•Monarch

Envelopes

3.88 x 7.5 inches (98.4 x 190.5 mm)

• DL Envelopes 4.33 x 8.66 inches (110 x 220 mm)

• C5 Envelopes 6.38 x 9.02 inches (162.0 x 229 mm)

• C6 Envelopes 4.49 x 6.38 inches (114 x 162 mm)

• No.10 Envelopes 4.12 x 9.5 inches (105 x 241 mm)

Types Supported Weights Tray 1 Tray 2 Bypass

Tray

Duplex

Unit

Plain 19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m²)O O O X

Thick 24 to 28 lb (91 to 105 g/m²)O O O X

Thicker 43 to 58 lb (164 to 220 g/m²)X X O X

Thin 16 to 18 lb (60 to 70 g/m²) O O O X

Cotton 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²) X X O X

Colored 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²) X X O X

Preprinted 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)X X O X

Recycled 19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m²)O O O X

Postcard 32 to 43 lb (121 to 163 g/m²) card

stock

X X O X

Envelopes 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²) X X O X

Supported Not SupportedOX

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

153

Machine Status and

Setups

This chapter identifies the key settings that you can customize to meet your requirements. Changing

these settings is easy and will save you time when using the machine.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

This chapter includes:

•Machine Status Menu on page 154

•Machine Information on page 155

•Ton e r L eve l on page 156

•Information Pages on page 157

•Feature Defaults on page 159

•Print Setup on page 165

•Fax Setup on page 166

•System Setup on page 170

•Network Settings on page 178

•Local Drive on page 180

Machine Status Menu

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

154

Machine Status Menu

All the machine setup features are accessed through the Machine Status button on the control panel.

The setup and default options should be set up and customized by the System Administrator. Access to

these options is sometimes password protected.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Accessing the Setup Options

To access the default and setup options:

1. Press the Machine Status button on the control

panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the

required option. Press OK.

3. If necessary, enter the Administrator’s Password

using the keypad. The default is 1111.

Note: You may have to press the 1 key several

times to enter the ‘1’.

After entering a character press the Right arrow

to enable the next character to be entered, or wait 2 seconds between presses.

Continue entering characters until the full password has been entered.

4. Press the OK button on the control panel. Once the password is verified the selected option menu

displays.

5. Customize the options required using the instructions on the following pages.

Settings can also be customized using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator

Guide for more information.

Machine Information

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

155

Machine Information

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Information and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

The following Machine Information options are available:

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using

the keypad.

5. Press OK to save the selection.

6. Continue customizing the Machine Information defaults as required, then press Stop to return to

Ready mode.

Option Description Settings

Model The printer model number.

Printer Name The user entered name for the printer.

DNS Name The assigned DNS Name.

IP Address The assigned IP address.

IPv6 Address The assigned IPv6 address. • Link-Local Address

• Global Address

• DHCPV6 Addresses

• Manual Address

Serial Number The machine serial number. •(Serial Number)

• xxx xxxxxxxxx

Activation Date Date machine was first activated. • mm/dd/yyyy

Billing Counters Number of impressions made by the machine. • Total Impressions

• Black Impressions

• Maint. Impressions

• Sheets

• 2 Sided Sheets

Ton e r Le vel

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

156

Toner Level

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Toner Level and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

A graphical depiction of the level of toner remaining is indicated.

3. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Information Pages

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

157

Information Pages

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

The following Information Pages are available to print:

Report Description

All Reports This option enables you to print all the reports and information pages.

Configuration This report provides information about your machine setup, including

the serial number, IP Address, installed options and the software

version.

Demo Page The demo page is printed to check the quality of the print.

Supplies Info Prints the supplies information page.

Address Book Prints a list of the Fax, E-mail and server addresses currently stored in

the Address Book in the machine’s memory. Refer to the System

Administrator Guide for more information on the Address book.

Fax Send Prints a confirmation report showing whether a transmission was

successful, how many pages were sent and other transmission details.

Note: You can set up your machine to automatically print a Send Report

after each fax job. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)

Fax Sent This report shows information on the faxes you have recently sent.

Note: You can set the machine to automatically print this report every

50 communications. (See Auto Report on page 169.)

E-mail Sent This report shows information on the e-mails you have recently sent.

Fax Received This report shows information on the faxes you have recently received.

Scheduled Job This list shows the documents currently stored for delayed faxing along

with the start time and type of each operation.

Junk Fax Allows fax numbers that have been sent to the device to be specified as

junk fax numbers. To add or delete numbers, access the Junk Fax Setup

menu. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)

Network Configuration This list shows information about your machine’s network connection

and configuration.

User Auth. This list shows users who are authorized to use the e-mail function.

PCL Font Prints the PCL font list

PS Font Prints the PS font list.

EPSON Font Prints the EPSON font list.

Information Pages

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

158

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the information page required and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Print? Yes setting and press OK. The selected

information page will be printed.

5. Continue printing Information Pages as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Stored Jobs Prints jobs currently stored on the HDD.

Completed Jobs Prints a list of completed jobs.

Net User Auth. Prints users and their IDs who logged into the Domain.

Usage Counter This list shows the total number of impressions, black Impressions and

maintenance impressions which have been made on the machine. It

also shows the total number of sheets and 2 sided sheets put through

the machine.

Fax Options Prints fax report information.

Report Description

Feature Defaults

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

159

Feature Defaults

The feature defaults for Copy, Scan, E-mail and Fax can be set to those most frequently used. When a

job is finished or the cancel button is pressed, these settings will be displayed on the machine.

Copy Defaults

The Copy options, including Lighten/Darken, Original Type, Collation and number of copies, can be set

to those most frequently used. When you copy a document, the default settings are used unless they

have been changed for the current job.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Copy Defaults and press OK.

The following Copy Defaults options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

Option Description Settings

Original Size Use this option to select the default Original Size

setting for Copy jobs.

•A4 *

•A5

•B5

•Letter

•Legal

•Executive

•US Folio

•Oficio

Quantity Use this option to enter the default copy quantity. • Default setting

1-999

1 *

Collation If On is selected the copy output will be collated, for

example 1,2,3, 1,2,3, 1,2,3. If Off is selected the job will

be uncollated, for example 1,1,1, 2,2,2 3,3,3.

•On

•Off *

Feature Defaults

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

160

Reduce/Enlarge Use this option to select the default Reduce/enlarge

setting for Copy jobs.

• 100% *

•Variable %

•Auto Fit

•LGL->LTR (78%)

• LGL->A4 (83%)

• A4->A5 (71%)

• A4->LTR (94%)

• A5->A4 (141%)

• EXE>LTR (104%)

• 25%

• 50%

• 150%

• 200%

• 400%

Lighten/Darken Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken

option for Copy jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the

lightness or darkness of the output.

• Lighten +1 to +5

• Normal *

• Darken +1 to +5

Contrast Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of

the original.

• More +1 to +5

• Normal *

•Less +1 to +5

Original Type Use this option to set the default Original Type setting

for Copy jobs.

•Text

•Text/Photo

•Photo

Layout Use this option to set the default Layout setting for

Copy jobs.

• Normal *

•2-Up

•4-Up

•ID Copy

• Poster Copy

•Clone Copy

• Book Copy

(3325DN/DNI only)

• Booklet Creation

(3325DN/DNI only)

Background

Suppression

Use to automatically reduce or eliminate the dark

background resulting from scanning colored paper or

newspaper originals.

•Off *

•Auto

•Enhance Levels 1 to

• Erase Levels 1 to 4

Option Description Settings

Feature Defaults

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

161

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using

the keypad.

6. Press OK to save the selection.

7. Continue customizing the Copy Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Scan Defaults

The Scan options, including File Format, Output Color and Resolution, can be set to those most

frequently used for the following scan services:

•Scan to USB

• Scan to FTP (3325DN/DNI only)

• Scan to SMB (3325DN/DNI only)

When you scan a document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the

current job.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan Defaults and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight USB, FTP or SMB and press OK.

Margin Shift Allows you to create a binding margin on the page. The

image can be adjusted up or down on the page and/or

shifted to the right or left. The Auto-Center option is

available for documents scanned from the document

glass and automatically places the image centrally on

the page.

•Off *

•Auto-Center

• Custom Margin:

Left Margin, Right

Margin, Top Margin,

Bottom Margin

0-20 mm

Edge Erase

(3325DN/DNI only)

Allows you to erase spots, drill holes, fold creases and

staple marks along any of the four edges of a

document. The Book Center option is available for

books scanned from the document glass and erases the

black horizontal line resulting from copying the spine of

the book.

•Off *

• Small Original

• Hole Punch

• Book Center

• Border Erase

Option Description Settings

Feature Defaults

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

162

The following Scan Defaults options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

7. Continue customizing the Scan Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Option Description Settings

Original Size Use this option to select the default Original Size

setting for Scan jobs.

•A4 *

•A5

•B5

•Letter

•Legal

•Executive

•Folio

•Oficio

Original Type Use this option to select the default Original Type for

Scan jobs.

•Text *

•Text/Photo

•Photo

Resolution Use this option to select the default Resolution for

Scan jobs.

• 100 dpi

• 200 dpi

• 300 dpi *

Output Color Use this option to select the default Output Color

setting for Scan jobs.

• Color *

•Grayscale

•Black and White

File Format

(USB)

Use this option to select the default File Format for

USB Scan jobs.

•JPEG *

•BMP

•Single-TIFF

• Multi-TIFF

•PDF

File Format

(FTP and SMB)

Use this option to select the default File Format for FTP

and SMB Scan jobs.

Note: JPEG only available for Color option.

•Single-TIFF

• Multi-TIFF *

•PDF

•JPEG

Lighten/Darken Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken

option for Scan jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the

lightness or darkness of the output.

• Lighten +1 to +5

• Normal *

•Darken +1 to +5

Contrast Adjusts the contrast level between dark and light areas

of the original.

•More +1 to +5

• Normal *

• Less +1 to +5

Feature Defaults

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

163

E-mail Defaults

The E-mail options, including File Format, Original Type, Output Color and Resolution, can be set to

those most frequently used. When you e-mail a document, the default settings are used unless they

have been changed for the current job.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail Defaults and press OK.

The following E-mail Default options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

6. Continue customizing the E-mail Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Option Description Settings

Original Size Use this option to select the default Original Size

setting for E-mail jobs.

•A4 *

•A5

•B5

•Letter

•Legal

•Executive

•Folio

•Oficio

Original Type Use this option to select the default Original Type for

E-mail jobs.

•Text *

•Text/Photo

•Photo

Resolution Use this option to select the default Resolution for

E-mail jobs.

• 100 dpi

• 200 dpi

• 300 dpi *

Output Color Use this option to select the default output color

setting for E-mail jobs.

• Color

•Grayscale

•Black and White *

File Format Use this option to select the default file format for

E-mail jobs.

Note: JPEG only available for Color option.

•Single-TIFF

• Multi-TIFF

•PDF *

•JPEG

Lighten/Darken Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken

option for E-mail jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the

lightness or darkness of the output.

• Lighten +1 to +5

• Normal *

• Darken +1 to +5

Contrast Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of

the original.

•More +1 to +5

• Normal *

•Less +1 to +5

Feature Defaults

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

164

Fax Defaults

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Defaults and press OK.

The following Fax Defaults options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

6. Continue customizing the Fax Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Option Description Settings

Lighten/Darken Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken

setting for Fax jobs.

• Lighten +1 to +5

• Normal *

• Darken +1 to +5

Contrast Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of

the original.

• More +1 to +5

• Normal *

•Less +1 to +5

Resolution Use this option to select the default Resolution setting

for Fax jobs.

•Standard *

•Fine

• Super Fine

• Photo Fax

• Color Fax

Original Size Use this option to select the default Original Size

setting for Fax jobs.

•A4

•A5

•B5

•Letter *

•Executive

•Folio

•Oficio

•Legal

Print Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

165

Print Setup

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

The following Print Setup options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

5. Continue customizing the Print Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Option Description Setting

Orientation Selects the direction in which information is printed on

the page. Portrait is printed on the long edge vertically

and Landscape horizontally.

• Portrait *

•Landscape

Quantity Sets the default quantity. •Default setting

1-999

1 *

Resolution Sets the dots per inch. The higher the resolution, the

sharper the printed image.

• 600 dpi-Normal

• 1200 dpi-Best

Darkness Lightens or darkens the print on the page. • Normal *

•Light

•Dark

Darken Text Prints text darker than on a normal document. •Off *

•Lighter

• Normal

•Darker

Emulation Sets the emulation type and option. •Emulation Type

•Setup

Fax Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

166

Fax Setup

Your machine provides you with various user-selectable options for setting up the fax system. You can

change the default settings for your preferences and needs.

Enable/Disable

Use this option to enable or disable the Fax service:

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enable/Disable and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enabled or Disabled. Press OK.

5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Sending

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK.

3. If necessary, enter the Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup

Options on page 154 for instructions.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Sending and press OK.

The following Sending options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

Option Description Settings

Redial Times You can specify the number of redial attempts. If you

enter 0, the machine will not redial.

•0 - 13 Times

7 *

Redial Term Your machine can automatically redial a remote fax

machine if it was busy. You can set an interval between

attempts.

•1 - 15 Minutes

3 *

Prefix Dial You can set a prefix of up to five digits. This number

dials before any automatic dial number is started.

• Fax: (enter up to 5

numbers to set the

prefix)

ECM (Error Correction

Mode)

This mode helps with poor line quality and makes sure

any faxes you send are sent smoothly to any other

ECM-equipped fax machine. Sending a fax using ECM

may take more time.

•On *

•Off

Send Report Enables or disables printing of a confirmation report

showing whether the fax was successful or not.

• On Error *

•On

•Off

Fax Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

167

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using

the keypad.

7. Press OK to save the selection.

8. Continue customizing the Sending options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Receiving

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK.

3. If necessary, enter the Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup

Options on page 154 for instructions.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receiving and press OK.

The following Receiving options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

Image TCR Enables or disables the printing of a transmission

report with a reduced image of the first page of the fax

that was sent.

•On *

•Off

Dial Mode Sets the dialling mode to either tone or pulse.

Note: May not be available in some regions.

• Tone *

• Pulse

Toll Save Sends faxes at a preset toll-saving time to save on call

costs.

•Off *

•On

Option Description Settings

Receive Mode You can select the default fax

receiving mode.

•Fax *

•Tel

•Ans

•Fax

•DRPD

Ring to Answer You can specify the number of

times the machine rings before

answering an incoming call.

• 1 - 7 Times

1 *

Stamp RCV Name This option allows the machine

to automatically print the page

number, and the date and time

of reception at the bottom of

each page of a received fax.

•On

•Off *

Option Description Settings

Fax Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

168

Setting up DRPD Mode

To set up the DRPD mode:

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receiving and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Mode and press OK.

RCV Start Code This code allows you to initiate

fax reception from an extension

phone plugged into the EXT

socket on the back of the

machine. If you pick up the

extension phone and hear fax

tones, enter the code. It is preset

to *9* at the factory.

• Enter code between 0 - 9

9 *

Auto Reduction When receiving a fax containing

pages longer than the paper

loaded in the paper tray, the

machine can reduce the size of

the image to fit the size of the

paper loaded in the machine.

Note: With this feature set to

Off, the image will be divided

and printed actual size on two or

more pages.

•On *

•Off

Discard Size Discards a specific length from

the end of the received fax.

• 00-30

20 *

Junk Fax Setup Allows numbers that have been

sent to the device to be selected

as junk fax numbers.

•On

•Off *

DRPD Mode Enables a user to use a single

telephone line to answer several

different telephone numbers.

You can set the machine to

recognize different ring patterns

for each number.

•Waiting Ring

2-Sided Print Prints faxes on both sides of the

paper either in a portrait or

landscape orientation.

•Off *

• Flip on Long Edge

• Flip on Short Edge

Local Drive Saving

(3325DN/DNI only)

Stores received faxes in the

common box on the local drive.

•Off *

•On

Option Description Settings

Fax Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

169

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight DRPD and press OK.

Waiting Ring appears on the display.

6. Call your fax number from another telephone. It is not necessary to place the call from a fax

machine. When your machine begins to ring, do not answer the call. The machine requires several

rings to learn the pattern.

When the machine completes learning, the display shows Completed DRPD Setup. If the DRPD

setup fails, Error DRPD Ring appears.

7. Press OK when DRPD appears.

Notes:

•DRPD must be set up again if you re-assign your fax number, or connect the machine to

another telephone line.

•After DRPD has been set up, call your fax number again to verify that the machine

answers with a fax tone. Then have a call placed to a different number assigned to that

same line to be sure the call is forwarded to the extension telephone or answering

machine plugged into the EXT socket.

Auto Report

You can set the machine to print a report with detailed information about the previous 50

communication operations, including time and dates.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Auto Report and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On to automatically print a report, or Off to switch off the

feature. Press OK.

5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

System Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

170

System Setup

System Setup options enable you to customize settings which are specific to the machine, such as Date

& Time and Power Save.

Machine Settings

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Settings and press OK.

The following Machine Settings options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

Option Description Settings

Machine ID Use this option to enter a name

for your machine.

•ID

Machine Fax No. Use this option to enter the fax

number for your machine.

•Fax:

Date & Time When you set the time and date,

they are used in delay fax and

delay print options, and printed

on reports.

Note: If the machine’s power is

cut off, you need to reset the

correct time and date once the

power has been restored.

• 00-00-0000 [MDY]

•00:00 AM

Clock Mode You can set your machine to

display the current time using

either a 12-hour or 24-hour

format.

• 12 Hours *

•24 Hours

Language Use this option to set the

message display language.

•English *

• List of Available Languages

Default Mode Your machine is preset to Copy

mode. You can switch this

default mode between Fax mode

and Copy mode.

•Copy *

•Scan

•E-mail

•Fax

Metric Defaults Use to set the machine to

display measurements in

millimeters or inches.

•inches *

•mm

System Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

171

Default Paper Size Use this option to set the default

size of paper.

•Letter *

•A4

Power Save Use this option to set the time

the machine waits before

entering Power Save mode.

•1 min *

•5 Min

•10 Min

•15 Min

•20 Min

•30 Min

• 45 Min

•60 Min

•120 Min

Wakeup Event Use this option to determine

what ‘wakes’ the machine up

from Power Save mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315

• Button Press On / Off*

• Scanner On* / Off

•Printer On / Off*

Xerox WorkCentre 3325

• Button Press On / Off*

• Scanner On / Off*

•Printer On / Off*

System Timeout Sets the elapsed time before the

machine reverts to default

settings.

•15 Sec

•30 Sec *

•60 Sec

•120 Sec

•180 Sec

Job Timeout Sets the elapsed time before the

printing the last page of a print

job that does not end with a

command to print the page.

• (15-300 sec) 15 *

Configuration Page Enables a report detailing all the

machine settings to be printed.

•On *

•Off

Altitude Adjustment The xerographic process used in

your machine to make prints is

affected by air pressure. Air

pressure is determined by the

height of the machine above sea

level. The machine will

automatically compensate for

differences in air pressure if you

enable the feature.

• Normal *

• High 1

• High 2

• High 3

Auto Continue Determines whether or not the

machine continues printing

when it detects the paper does

not match the paper settings.

•On *

•Off

Line Termination Sets the default line termination. •LF *

•LF+CR

Option Description Settings

System Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

172

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using

the keypad.

6. Press OK to save the selection.

Auto Tray Switch Determines whether or not the

machine continues printing

when a tray runs out of paper.

When On is selected, the paper

supply will be switched to an

alternative tray if possible and

printing will continue.

•On *

•Off

Paper Substitution Automatically substitutes the

printer driver’s paper size to

prevent the paper mismatch

between Letter and A4. For

example, if you have A4 paper in

the tray and you select Letter in

the printer driver, the machine

prints on A4 paper and vice

versa.

•On

• Off *

Paper Mismatch Determines whether to disregard

the paper mismatch error or not.

If Off is selected, the machine

continues to print even if the

paper mismatches.

•On *

•Off

Tone r Save Activating this mode extends the

life of your print cartridge and

reduces costs. Some loss of print

quality may occur.

•On

• Off *

Import Setting Imports data stored on a USB

Memory Device to the machine.

• Address Book

•Setup Data

Export Setting Exports data stored on the

machine to a USB Memory

Device.

• Address Book

•Setup Data

Earth Smart Settings Enables you to save print

resources and enables

eco-friendly printing. The

Onforce setting requires a

password to turn Earth Smart

off.

•Default Mode: Off */On/Onforce

Selects the Earth Smart template

set from the CentreWare

Internet Services.

• Select Template:

Default */Custom

Option Description Settings

System Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

173

7. Continue customizing the Machine Settings as required, then press Stop to return to Ready

mode.

Paper Setup

After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size and type using the control panel. These

settings will apply to Copy and Fax modes.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.

The following Paper Setup options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

Option Description Settings

Paper Size This is the most common paper size

that will be used in the machine and is

the size the machine will feed if a

specific size is not selected.

•Tray 1

•Tray 2

•Letter *

•Legal

•Oficio

•US Folio

•A4

•ISO B5

•JIS B5

•Executive

•A5

•A6

•Custom

•Bypass Tray •Letter *

•Legal

•Oficio

•US Folio

•A4

•ISO B5

•JIS B5

•Executive

•A5

•A6

•Monarch Env

•DL Env

•C5 Env

•C6 Env

• No.10 Env

•Postcard

•Custom

System Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

174

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using

the keypad.

6. Press OK to save the selection.

7. Continue customizing the Paper Settings options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready

mode.

Sound/Volume

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Sound/Volume and press OK.

Paper Type Sets the type of paper in the tray. •Tray 1

•Tray 2

•Plain *

•Thick

• Thin

•Recycled

•Cardstock

•Bond

•Archive

•Bypass Tray •Plain *

•Thick

• Thin

•Cotton

• Color

• Preprinted

•Recycled

• Transparency

• Labels

•Cardstock

•Bond

•Archive

•Thicker

Paper Source Sets the paper tray to be used for

Copy, Print and Fax jobs.

•Copy Tray

•Fax Tray

•Print Tray

•Tray 1

•Tray 2

•Bypass Tray

•Tray 1 / 2

•Auto *

Tray Confirm Activates the tray confirmation

message. If you open and close a tray,

a message displays asking whether to

set the paper size and type for the tray

just opened.

•Tray 1

•Tray 2

•Bypass Tray

•On / Off *

Option Description Settings

System Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

175

The following Sound/Volume options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

6. Continue customizing the Sound Settings as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Maintenance

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Maintenance and press OK.

The following Maintenance options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.

Option Description Settings

Key Sound Use to set if the beep sound is On or Off when a key is

pressed.

•Off *

•On

Alarm Sound Turns the alarm sound On or Off. With this option set

to On, an alarm tone sounds when an error occurs or

fax communication ends.

•On *

•Off

Speaker Turns sounds from the telephone speaker such as a dial

tone or a fax tone on or off. The Comm. settings sets

the speaker to on until the remote machine answers.

•On

•Off

•Comm. *

Ringer Adjusts the ringer volume. •Off

•Low

•Mid *

•High

Option Description Settings

Supplies Life Use this option to view or print usage

information for the supplies.

• Supplies Info •Print? Yes * | No

•Total • 125 Pages

•ADF Scan • 125 Pages

• Platen Scan • 125 Pages

Ton e r Low A ler t Use this option to enable an alert to

display when the toner is low.

•On *

•Off

System Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

176

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

6. Continue customizing the Maintenance options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready

mode.

Clear Settings

You can selectively clear information stored in your machine’s memory.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Clear Settings and press OK.

The following Clear Settings options and settings are available:

Serial Number Displays the serial number of the

machine.

• Serial No.

Ram Disk

(3315DN Model only)

Allocates part of the Ram Disk to the

job storage area.

•Enable

•Disable *

•32 *- 64 MB

Option Description Settings

All Settings Clears all of the data stored in

memory and resets all of your settings

to the factory default.

• Clear? Yes * | No

Fax Setup Clears all Fax Setup settings and

restores all of the fax options to the

factory default.

• Clear? Yes * | No

Copy Setup Clears all Copy Setup settings and

restores all of the Copy options to the

factory default.

• Clear? Yes * | No

Scan Setup Clears all Scan Setup settings and

restores all of the scan options to the

factory default.

• Clear? Yes * | No

E-mail Setup Clears all E-mail Setup settings and

restores all of the e-mail options to the

factory default.

• Clear? Yes * | No

System Setup Clears all System Setup settings and

restores all of the system options to

the factory default.

• Clear? Yes * | No

Network Setup Resets all the network settings back to

the factory defaults.

• Clear? Yes * | No

Option Description Settings

System Setup

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

177

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes to clear the settings back to factory defaults, or No to

keep the settings programmed. Press OK.

6. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Image Overwrite

Use this option to enable the Image Overwrite activity after each job.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Image Overwrite and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enable or Disable and press OK. If Enable is selected, press

OK to confirm Overwrite Now?

5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Address Book Clears the Address Book entries • Clear? Yes * | No

Fax Sent Resets the Fax Sent records • Clear? Yes * | No

E-mail Sent Resets the E-mail Sent records • Clear? Yes * | No

Fax Received Resets the Fax Received records • Clear? Yes * | No

Option Description Settings

Network Settings

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

178

Network Settings

You may set up the network using the machine's display screen. Before doing that, you must have the

relevant information concerning the type of network protocols and computer system you use. If you

are not sure which setting to use, contact your System Administrator to configure this machine on the

network, or refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Network Settings and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

The following Network Settings options and settings are available:

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

Option Description Settings

TCP/IPv4 Select appropriate protocol and configure parameters

to use the network environment.

•DHCP *

• BOOTP

•Static

TCP/IPv6 Select appropriate protocol and configure parameters

to use the network environment.

•IPv6 Activate *

•DHCPv6 Config

Ethernet Speed Configure the network transmission speed. •Automatic *

• 10Mbps Half

• 10Mbps Full

• 100Mbps Half

• 100Mbps Full

• 1Gbps Full

(3325DN/DNI only)

802.1x Use to enable 802.1x and CentreWare Internet

Services.

•On

•Off *

Wireless

(3325DNI only)

Use to enable the machine to be configured on a

wireless network connection.

• Wi-Fi ON/OFF

• WPS Settings

• WLAN Setting

•WLAN Default

•WLAN Signal

Clear Settings Reverts the network settings to the default values. •Clear? Yes / No

Network

Configuration

Enables printing of the Configuration report. •Print? Yes / No

Net Activate Turns access to the Ethernet network on or off. •On *

•Off

Http Activate Enables Http on the machine giving access to the

embedded web page.

•On *

•Off

Network Settings

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

179

5. Continue customizing the Network Setting options as required, then press Stop to return to

Ready mode.

Local Drive

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

180

Local Drive

The Local Drive feature enables scanned documents to be stored in folders at a location on the

machine’s optional HDD. The folders are set up by your System Administrator using CentreWare

Internet Services. Once stored, the documents can then be accessed for printing.

Note: This feature is available on the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI models only.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Local Drive and press OK. If necessary, enter the

Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for

instructions.

The following Local Drive options and settings are available:

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

5. Continue customizing the Local Drive options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready

mode.

Options Description Settings

Local Drive Feature Enables or disables the local drive feature.

This feature allows you to scan to or print from the

Local Drive. Folders can be created within the Internet

Services Local Drive page, and scanned documents can

be viewed in a list within the Local Drive page

• Scan to Local Drive

• Print from Local

Drive

Open Folder Feature Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print

from Open Folder feature

• Filename List

Local Drive Setup Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print

from local drive feature

• Scan to Local Drive

• Print from Local

Drive

Open Folder Setup Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print

from the Open Folder feature

•Scan Setup

•Print Setup

Local Drive Report Enables printing of a list of the files on the local drive. •Default Public

•[Folder List]

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

181

General Care and

Troubleshooting

This chapter includes:

•General Care on page 182

•Troubleshooting on page 188

•Further Assistance on page 221

General Care

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

182

General Care

There is only one customer replaceable consumable in the machine, the print cartridge.To place an

order for Xerox consumables, please contact your local Xerox Representative giving your Company

Name, product number and the machine serial number. Supplies can also be ordered from

www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.

The machine serial number can be displayed by pressing the Machine Status button, then highlighting

Machine Information and pressing OK before pressing the down arrow button to scroll to Serial

Number. For further information about locating the serial number, please refer to Locating the Serial

Number on page 221.

Print Cartridge

To avoid print quality problems resulting from worn parts and

to maintain your machine in top working condition, the print

cartridge will need to be replaced after printing the specified

number of pages or when the life span of the cartridge has

expired.

The machine will display a message when the print cartridge

needs to be replaced. Only replace the cartridge when a

message instructs you to do so or when instructed by a Xerox

representative. To replace the print cartridge follow the

instructions provided within this guide or with the

consumable.

WARNING: When replacing consumables, DO NOT

remove the covers or guards that are fastened with

screws. You cannot maintain or service any of the parts that are behind these covers and guards.

Do NOT attempt any maintenance procedure that is NOT specifically described in the

documentation supplied with your machine.

Storage and Handling

Follow the guidelines below for storing and handling consumables:

• Always store cartridges unopened and inside their original package.

• Store the correct side up in a horizontal position (not standing on end).

• Do not store consumables in:

• Temperatures greater than 40°C (104°F).

• Humidity range less than 20% and not greater than 80%.

• An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.

• Direct sunlight or room light.

• Dusty places.

• A vehicle for a long period of time.

General Care

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

183

• An environment where corrosive gases are present.

• An environment with salty air.

• Do not store consumables directly on the floor.

• Do not touch the surface of the photosensitive drum in the print cartridge.

• Do not expose the print cartridge to unnecessary vibrations or shock.

• Never manually rotate the drum in the print cartridge, especially in the reverse direction; this can

cause internal damage and toner spillage.

Replacing the Print Cartridge

The print cartridge contains components that are sensitive to light, temperature, and humidity. Follow

the recommendations provided to ensure the optimum performance, highest quality, and longest life

from your new print cartridge.

Store the cartridge in the same environment as the printer it will be used in; this should be in controlled

office temperature and humidity conditions. The print cartridge should remain in its original, unopened

package until installation. If the original packaging is not available, cover the top opening of the

cartridge with paper and store in a dark cabinet. Opening the cartridge package prior to use

dramatically shortens its operating life.

When the print cartridge is empty the Toner is empty. Replace with new one message appears on the

display screen. The machine stops printing and incoming faxes are saved in memory. At this stage the

print cartridge needs to be replaced. Replace the print cartridge using the following instructions.

1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine.

2. Open the front door.

3. Pull the print cartridge out.

4. Remove the new print cartridge from the packaging.

5. Remove the protective sheet from the cartridge and the plastic handle that is attached to the

protective sheet.

6. Carefully pull the tape out of the cartridge.

General Care

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

184

7. Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute

the toner evenly inside the cartridge.

Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry

cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets

toner into fabric.

CAUTION: Do not touch the green underside of the print

cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid

touching this area.

8. Hold the print cartridge by the handle and slowly insert the cartridge into the opening in the

machine.

9. Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding

grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into

the correct position until it locks into place.

10. Close the front door. Make sure that the door is securely

closed.

Checking the Supplies Life

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Toner Level and press OK. The level of toner remaining is

indicated on the status bar.

3. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Cleaning the Machine

WARNING: When cleaning the machine do NOT use organic or strong chemical solvents or

aerosol cleaners. Do NOT pour fluids directly onto any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials

only as directed in this documentation. Keep all cleaning materials out of the reach of children.

WARNING: Do not use pressurized air-spray cleaning aids on or in this equipment. Some

pressurized air-spray containers contain explosive mixtures and are not suitable for use in

electrical applications. Use of such cleaners can result in a risk of explosion and fire.

General Care

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

185

Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport (CVT) Glass

To ensure optimum print quality at all times, regularly clean the glass areas of your machine. This helps

avoid output with lines, streaks, smears, spots and other marks that may appear on the output when

scanning documents.

When you use the automatic document feeder, your documents will pass over the stationary scanner

using the constant velocity transport (CVT) glass. Any dirt or marks on this piece of glass will cause lines

or streaks on your copies, faxes or scanned images. Also, any marks or dirt on the constant velocity

transport (CVT) glass cover may show through the document and appear on your scanned images.

1. Use a lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with Xerox

Anti-Static or general cleaning fluid or another suitable

non-abrasive glass cleaner to clean the document glass

and the constant velocity transport glass .

2. Wipe away any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.

3. Use a lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water, Xerox

cleaning fluid or Xerox film remover to clean the under

side of the automatic document feeder and the

constant velocity transport glass cover .

Control Panel, Automatic Document Feeder and

Output Tray

Regular cleaning keeps the display, control panel and other

machine areas free from dust and dirt.

1. Use a soft, lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water.

2. Wipe clean the entire area of the control panel, including the display.

3. Wipe clean the automatic document feeder, output tray, paper trays and other outside areas of

your machine.

4. Remove any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.

General Care

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

186

Internal Areas

During the printing process, paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the machine. This

can cause print quality problems, such as toner specks or smearing. Cleaning inside the machine clears

and reduces these problems.

1. Turn the machine off and unplug the power cord. Wait

for the machine to cool down.

2. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine

and open the front door.

3. Pull the print cartridge out and place it on a clean flat

surface.

CAUTIONS:

• To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not

expose it to light for more than a few minutes. Cover

it with a piece of paper, if necessary.

• Do not touch the green surface on the underside of

the print cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge

to avoid touching this area.

4. With a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe away any dust and spilled

toner from the print cartridge area.

CAUTION: While cleaning the inside of the machine, be

careful not to damage the transfer roller or any other

inside parts. Do not use solvents such as benzene or

thinner to clean. Printing quality problems can occur and

damage can be caused to the machine.

General Care

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

187

5. Re-install the print cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the

cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine

will guide the cartridge into the correct position until it

locks into place. Close the front door.

6. Plug in the power cord and turn the machine on.

Moving the Machine

• When moving the machine, do not tilt or turn it upside down as the inside of the machine may

become contaminated with toner, which can cause damage to the machine or adversely affect

print quality.

• When moving the machine, make sure at least two people are holding the machine securely.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

188

Troubleshooting

If a problem occurs, messages appear on the control panel display to indicate the error. Perform the

following problem solving procedure:

1. When errors occur, Check Status appears on the display. Press OK.

2. Check the display message to see what kind of error has occurred.

If several messages appear, press the up/down arrows to highlight the message you want solve.

3. Use the following information to resolve the problem:

•Redistributing Toner on page 189

•Automatic Document Feeder Jams on page 190

•Paper Jams on page 192

•Error Messages on page 198

•Paper Feeding Problems on page 203

•Printing Problems on page 205

•Copying Problems on page 217

•Scanning Problems on page 218

•Fax Problems on page 219

4. Press OK on the control panel. If Check Status still appears, repeat the procedure.

5. If the problem cannot be resolved, power off and on, and try the job again.

If the problem persists, call for service. When you call for service, provide the service representative

with the contents of the display message.

Status / Wireless LED

The color of the Status / Wireless LED located on the control panel indicate’s the machine’s current

status. The table below describes the various indicators.

Note: Some LEDs may not be available, depending on machine configuration.

LED Color Status Description

Status LED None Off Machine is offline

Green On The machine is on-line and can be used.

Green Blinking When the backlight blinks. the machine is printing data.

Orange On • A cover is open. Close the cover.

• There is no paper in the tray. Load paper in the tray.

• The machine has stopped due to a fault. Check the

display message to resolve.

• The print cartridge has reached its estimated end of

life. Replace the print cartridge - see Replacing the

Print Cartridge on page 183

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

189

Redistributing Toner

When the print cartridge is near the end of its life:

• White streaks or light printing occurs.

•Toner is Low. Order new one appears on the display.

If this happens, you can temporarily improve print quality by redistributing the remaining toner in the

cartridge. In some cases, white streaks or light printing will still occur even after you have redistributed

the toner.

1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine.

2. Open the front door.

3. Pull the print cartridge out.

Orange Blinking • A minor error has occurred and the machine is waiting

for the error to be corrected. Check the display

message. When the problem is resolved, the machine

resumes.

• The print cartridge is near its estimated end of life.

Prepare a new cartridge for replacement. You may

temporarily increase the printing quality by

redistributing the toner - see Redistributing Toner on

page 189.

Wireless LED Blue On This is the default setting. Also shows blue when the

machine is connected to a wireless network.

LED Color Status Description

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

190

4. Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute

the toner evenly inside the cartridge.

Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry

cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets

toner into fabric.

CAUTION: Do not touch the green underside of the print

cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid

touching this area.

5. Hold the print cartridge by the handle and slowly insert

the cartridge into the opening in the machine.

6. Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding

grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into

the correct position until it is fully pushed into place.

7. Close the front door. Ensure that the door is securely

closed.

Automatic Document Feeder Jams

When an original gets jammed while passing through the automatic document feeder, a warning

message appears on the display screen.

CAUTION: To avoid tearing the document, remove the jammed document slowly and gently.

Note: To prevent document jams, use the document glass for thick, thin, or mixed paper-type

originals.

1. Remove any remaining pages from the automatic document feeder.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

191

2. Open the automatic document feeder cover.

3. Gently remove the jammed paper from the automatic

document feeder. If you see no paper in this area, go to

the next step.

4. If necessary, use two hands to raise the duplex cover and

pull any jammed originals gently out of the document

feeder. If you see no paper in this area, go to the next

step.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

192

5. Close the covers.

6. Lift the automatic document feeder and gently pull out

any jammed original. Close the automatic document

feeder.

7. Reload the removed pages back into the automatic document feeder and press the Start button

to resume the job.

Paper Jams

Tips for Avoiding Paper Curls

1. Open the rear door.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

193

2. Pull down the pressure levers about 90 degrees.

3. Leave the rear door open.

Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex

jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause

paper jams.

Note: Only use when the printout has more than 20mm

curl.

Tips for Avoiding Paper Jams

By selecting the correct media types, most paper jams can be avoided. When a paper jam occurs, refer

to Paper Jams on page 192.

• Ensure that the adjustable guides on the paper tray are positioned correctly. (See Loading Paper

Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)

• Do not overload the tray. Ensure that the paper level is below the paper capacity mark on the

inside of the tray.

• Do not remove paper from the tray while your machine is printing.

• Flex, fan, and straighten paper before loading.

• Do not use creased, damp, or highly curled paper.

• Do not mix paper types in a tray.

• Use only recommended print media. (See Media Types on page 151.)

• Ensure that the recommended side of the print media is facing down in the tray, or facing up in

the bypass tray.

• Do not print duplex output with the rear door open.

When a paper jam occurs, a warning message appears on the display screen.

CAUTION: To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently. Follow the

instructions in the following sections to clear the jam.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

194

Paper Tray 1

1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine

and open then close the front door. The jammed paper is

automatically ejected from the machine.

If the paper does not exit, go to the next step.

2. Pull out paper tray 1.

3. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight

out.

4. If the paper does not move when you pull, or if you do

not see the paper in this area, check the area around the

print cartridge. Refer to Inside the Machine on page 196.

5. Insert tray 1 back into the machine until it snaps into

place. Printing automatically resumes.

Optional Paper Tray 2

1. Pull out paper tray 2.

2. Remove the jammed paper from the machine.

If the paper does not move when you pull it or if you do

not see the paper in this area, stop and go to the next

step. If the paper has been removed, insert tray 2 back

into the machine until it snaps into place. Printing

automatically resumes.

3. Pull tray 1 half-way out.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

195

4. Pull the paper straight up and out.

5. Insert the trays back into the machine. Printing

automatically resumes.

Bypass Tray

1. If the paper is not feeding properly, pull the paper out of

the machine.

2. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine

and open then close the front door.

3. Re-load the bypass tray to resume printing.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

196

Inside the Machine

CAUTION: The fuser area is hot. Take care when removing paper from the machine.

1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine

and open the front door. Pull the print cartridge out,

lifting it up slightly at the front.

2. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight

out.

3. Replace the print cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the

cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine

will guide the cartridge into the correct position until it

locks into place. Close the front door. Printing

automatically resumes.

Output Area

1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine and open then close the front door. The

jammed paper is automatically ejected from the machine.

If no paper is automatically ejected and you do not see the jammed paper, go to the next step.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

197

2. Gently pull the paper out of the output tray.

If you do not see the jammed paper or if there is any

resistance when you pull, stop and go to the next step.

3. Open the rear door.

4. If you see the jammed paper, pull down the pressure

levers on each side about 90 degrees and remove the

paper.

If you still do not see the paper, go to step 1 in the next

section, otherwise close the rear cover. Printing

automatically resumes.

Duplex Unit Area

If the duplex unit is not inserted correctly, a paper jam may occur. To avoid paper jams, make sure that

the duplex unit is inserted correctly with the edges of the unit aligned with the feed grooves on the

inside of the machine. The duplex unit is located at the rear of the machine.

1. .Pull the duplex unit out of the machine.

2. Remove the jammed paper from the duplex unit

If the paper does not come out with the duplex unit, go

to the next step.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

198

3. Remove the paper from the bottom of the machine.

4. Insert the duplex unit back into the machine, aligning

the edges of the unit with the feed grooves on the inside

of the machine. Make sure the duplex unit is fully pushed

in.

5. If paper is still jammed, go to the next step.

6. Open the rear door. If you see the jammed paper, pull

down the pressure levers on each side about 90 degrees

and remove the paper as shown in the illustration.

7. Close the rear door. Printing automatically resumes.

Error Messages

Use the following information to solve problems on the machine. Some messages may not appear on

the display depending on options or models.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

199

[xxx] indicates the media type, [zzz] indicates the paper size, [yyy] indicates the tray.

Message Meaning Suggested Solutions

BOOTP problem

BOOTP has a problem.

Reconfigure DHCP/static IP

There is a problem with the

network.

•Check your network

environment, or contact your

network administrator.

BOOTP problem

BOOTP has a problem. Switching

to Auto IP

There is a problem with the

network.

•Check your network

environment, or contact your

network administrator.

Connection Error Connection with the SMTP server

failed.

• Check the server settings and

the network cable.

Data Read Fail

Check USB key

Time expired while reading data. •Try again.

Data Write Fail

Check USB key

Storing to the USB memory failed. • Check the available USB

memory space.

DHCP problem

DHCP has a problem. Reconfigure

BOOTP/static IP

There is a problem with the

network.

•Check your network

environment, or contact your

network administrator.

DHCP problem

DHCP has a problem. Switching to

Auto IP

There is a problem with the

network.

•Check your network

environment, or contact your

network administrator.

Door is open.

Close it

The front door or fuser door is not

securely latched.

• Close the front door until it

locks into place.

• Close the fuser door until it

locks into place.

Enter Again Your entry was incorrect. • Input the correct entry.

File Format is Not Supported The selected file format is not

supported.

• Use the correct file format.

Fuser error There is a problem in the machine. • Turn the machine off and turn

it on again. If the problem

persists, call for service.

Group Not Available You have tried to select a group

location number where only a

single location number can be

used, such as when adding

locations for a multiple send

operation.

• Use a speed dial number or

dial number manually using

the number keypad.

IP Conflict

This IP address conflicts with that

of other system

The IP address is used elsewhere. • Check the IP address or obtain

a new IP address.

Jam bottom of duplex Paper has jammed during duplex

printing.

• Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 192.)

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

200

Jam in exit area Paper has jammed in exit area. • Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 192.)

Jam inside Machine Paper has jammed inside the

machine.

• Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 192.)

Jam top of duplex Paper has jammed during duplex

printing.

• Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 192.)

Junk Fax Error

Junk Fax Job Cancelled

The machine has received a fax

from a fax number registered as a

junk fax.

• The received fax data will be

deleted. Reconfirm junk fax

setup. (See Fax Setup on

page 166.)

Line Busy

The line is already engaged.

Try later

The receiving fax machine did not

answer or the line is already

engaged.

• Try again after a few minutes.

Line Error

The Fax Line has a problem.

Try again

Your machine cannot connect with

the receiving fax machine or has

lost contact because of a problem

with the phone line.

• Try again. If the problem

persists, wait an hour or so for

the line to clear again. Or, turn

the ECM mode on (See Fax

Setup on page 166.)

Mail Size Error

Mail exceeds than server support

The mail size is larger than the

supported size by SMTP server.

• Divide your mail or reduce the

resolution.

Mail Size Error

One Page is Too Large

Single page data exceeds the

configured mail size.

• Reduce the resolution and try

again.

Memory Full The memory is full. • Press the left/right arrows to

highlight Cancel or Start, then

press OK. If you select Cancel,

the machine stops the Fax job.

If you select Start, the

machine only sends scanned

documents of the Fax job.

Memory Full

Divide the Job

The memory is full. • Split the transmission into

more than one operation.

Memory Full

Fax memory is full. Print or remove

received Fax job

The memory is full. • Print or remove the received

fax data in the memory.

Network Error

There is a problem with the

network.

There is a problem with the

network.

•Check your network

environment, or contact your

network administrator.

Network Problem

Network cable is not connected.

Check it

The machine is not connected

with a network cable.

• Connect the machine to the

network with a network cable.

Message Meaning Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

201

Network Problem

Network card is not installed.

There is a problem on the network

interface.

• Turn the power switch off and

on. If the problem persists, call

for service.

No Answer

The remote fax machine has not

answered

The remote fax machine has not

answered after several redial

attempts.

• Verify the number to ensure

that it is correct.

No such job You are performing an Add Pages

or Cancel Job operation, but there

are no jobs waiting.

• Check the display to see if

there are any scheduled jobs.

The display should indicate if

any scheduled jobs are in

Standby mode, for example,

Delay Fax.

Original paper Jam The original has jammed in the

automatic document feeder.

• Clear the jam. (See Automatic

Document Feeder Jams on

page 190.)

Output bin Full

Output bin Full. Remove printed

paper

The document output tray is full. • The document output tray can

hold up to 150 sheets of plain

paper. Once the paper is

removed from the document

output tray, the printer

resumes printing.

Paper Empty in [yyy]

Paper is empty in [yyy].

Load paper

There is no paper in the tray. • Load paper in the tray. (See

Loading Paper Tray 1 and

Paper Tray 2 (optional) on

page 144.)

Paper Jam in MPT Paper has jammed in the Bypass

Tray area.

• Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 192.)

Paper Jam in tray 1 Paper has jammed in the tray 1

area.

• Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 192.)

Paper Jam in tray 2 Paper has jammed in the tray 2

area.

• Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 192.)

Paper mismatch [yyy]

Load [zzz][xxx] Continue Cancel

The paper size specified in the

printer properties does not match

the paper you are loading.

• Select Continue or Cancel. If

you select Cancel, the printing

job will stop. Load the correct

paper in the tray. If you select

Continue, the printing job will

continue.

Pickup roller is worn

[yyy] pickup roller is worn.

Replace with new one

The pickup roller has reached the

end of its lifespan.

• This message appears when

the pickup roller is worn.

Replace the pickup roller with a

new one or call for service.

Message Meaning Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

202

Retry Redial? The machine is

waiting for a specified

time interval to redial

a previously busy

station.

• You can press OK to

immediately redial, or Stop to

cancel the redial operation.

Self Diagnostics...

Please wait

The engine in your printer is

checking some problems detected.

• Please wait a few minutes.

Send Error

There is a problem in DNS

There is a problem in DNS. • Configure the DNS setting.

Send Error

There is a problem in POP3

There is a problem in POP3. • Configure the POP3 setting.

Send Error

There is a problem in SMTP

There is a problem in SMTP. • Change to the available server.

Send Error

There is a problem in SMTP

authentication

There is a problem in SMTP

authentication.

• Configure the authentication

setting.

Send Error

There is a problem on the NIC

Card

There is a problem on the network

interface card.

• Turn the power switch off and

on. If the problem persists, call

for service.

Toner is empty

Toner is empty. Replace with new

one

The print cartridge has reached

the end of its lifespan. The printer

stops printing.

• Replace the print cartridge.

(See Replacing the Print

Cartridge on page 183.)

Ton e r is Low

Ton e r is Low .

Order new one

Only a small amount of toner is

left in the print cartridge. The print

cartridge will need to be replaced

soon.

• Prepare a new cartridge for

replacement. You may

temporarily increase the

printing quality by

redistributing the toner. (See

Redistributing Toner on

page 189.)

Ton e r No t Comp ati b le

Print cartridge is not compatible.

Check guide

The print cartridge you have

installed is not for your machine.

• Install a new print cartridge

designed for your machine.

Toner Not Installed

Print cartridge is not Installed.

Install it

The print cartridge is not installed. • Install the print cartridge.

Too many Faxes

Too may faxes are received.

Print or remove job.

There are too many received faxes

in the memory.

• Print or remove received fax.

Message Meaning Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

203

Common Problems

The following chart lists some conditions that may occur and the recommended solutions. Follow the

suggested solutions until the problem is corrected. If the problem persists, call for service.

Paper Feeding Problems

Too many Faxes

Too may faxes are queued.

Wait or remove job.

There are too many queued faxes

in the memory.

• Cancel reserved fax in priority

fax feature.

[yyy] empty

Load [zzz][xxx]

There is no paper in

the tray.

• Load paper in the tray. (See

Loading Paper Tray 1 and

Paper Tray 2 (optional) on

page 144.)

Tray2 Not Installed

Tray2 is not installed

The optional tray2 is not installed. • Install the optional tray 2. If

the optional tray 2 is installed,

check the cable connecting the

machine and the optional tray

2. If the problem persists, call

for service.

Tray2 has a problem

Communication problem occurred

with Tray2

The machine cannot

communicate the optional tray 2.

• Check the cable connecting the

machine and the optional tray

2. If the problem persists, call

for service.

Condition Suggested Solutions

Paper jams during printing. • Clear the paper jam. (See Paper Jams on page 192.)

Paper sticks together. • Check the maximum paper capacity of the tray. (See Media

Specifications on page 225.)

• Make sure that you are using the correct type of paper. (See Media

Types on page 151.)

• Remove paper from the tray and flex or fan the paper.

• Humid conditions may cause some paper to stick together.

• Different types of paper may be stacked in the tray. Load paper of only

one type, size, and weight.

Paper does not feed into the

machine.

• Remove any obstructions from inside the machine.

• Paper has not been loaded correctly. Remove paper from the tray and

reload it correctly.

• There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray.

• The paper is too thick. Use only paper that meets the specifications

required by the machine. (See Media Specifications on page 225.)

• If you are printing on special media, use the Bypass Tray.

Message Meaning Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

204

The paper keeps jamming. • There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray.

If you are printing on special materials, use the Bypass Tray.

• An incorrect type of paper is being used. Use only paper that meets the

specifications required by the machine. (See Media Types on page 151.)

• There may be debris inside the machine. Press the release latch on

the left side of the machine and open the front door, remove the

print cartridge and any debris. Reinsert the print cartridge.

Transparencies stick together in

the paper exit.

• Use only transparencies specifically designed for laser printers. Remove

each transparency as it exits from the machine.

Envelopes skew or fail to feed

correctly.

• Ensure that the paper guides are against both sides of the envelopes.

The originals keep jamming in

the automatic document feeder

• If an original does not feed into the machine, the automatic document

feeder rubber pad may need to be replaced. Contact a service

representative.

Condition Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

205

Printing Problems

Condition Possible Cause Suggested Solutions

The machine does not print. The machine is not receiving

power.

• Check the power cord connections.

• Check the power switch and the

power source.

The machine is not selected as

the default machine.

• Select your machine as your default

machine in Windows.

Check the machine for the following:

• The front door is not closed. Close the front door.

• Paper is jammed. Clear the paper jam. (See Paper Jams on page 192.)

• No paper is loaded. Load paper. (See Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper

Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)

• The print cartridge is not installed. Install the print cartridge.

If a system error occurs, contact your service representative.

The connection cable between

the computer and the machine

is not connected properly.

• Disconnect the machine cable and

reconnect it.

The connection cable between

the computer and the machine

is defective.

• If possible, attach the cable to

another computer that is working

properly and print a job. You can also

try using a different machine cable.

The port setting is incorrect. • Check the Windows printer setting to

make sure that the print job is sent

to the correct port. If the computer

has more than one port, make sure

that the machine is attached to the

correct one.

The machine may be

configured incorrectly.

• Check the printer driver options to

ensure that all of the print settings

are correct. (See Print Procedure on

page 102.)

The printer driver may be

incorrectly installed.

• Reinstall the printer software. (See

Install Printer Software on page 94.)

The machine is malfunctioning. • Check the display message on the

control panel to see if the machine is

indicating a system error. Contact a

service representative.

The document size is so big

that the hard disk space of the

computer is insufficient to

access the print job.

• Get more hard disk space and print

the document again.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

206

The machine selects print

materials from the wrong paper

source.

The paper option that was

selected in the Printing

Preferences may be incorrect.

• For many software applications, the

paper source selection is found under

the Paper tab within the Printing

Preferences. Select the correct paper

source. (See Paper Options on

page 105.)

A print job is extremely slow. The job may be very complex. • Reduce the complexity of the page

or try adjusting the print quality

settings.

• After 600 consecutive prints the

device print speed will slow down

until the current job completes. The

next job will return to rated speed.

Half the page is blank. The page orientation setting

may be incorrect.

• Change the page orientation in your

application. See the printer driver

help screen.

The paper size and the paper

size settings do not match.

• Ensure that the paper size in the

printer driver settings matches the

paper in the tray.

• Or, ensure that the paper size in the

printer driver settings matches the

paper selection in the software

application settings you use.

The machine prints, but the

text is wrong, garbled, or

incomplete.

The machine cable is loose or

defective.

• Disconnect the machine cable and

reconnect. Try a print job that you

have already printed successfully. If

possible, attach the cable and the

machine to another computer that

you know works and try a print job.

• Try a new machine cable.

The wrong printer driver was

selected.

• Check the application’s printer

selection menu to ensure that your

machine is selected.

The software application is

malfunctioning.

• Try printing a job from another

application.

The operating system is

malfunctioning.

• Exit Windows and reboot the

computer. Turn the machine off and

back on again.

Condition Possible Cause Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

207

Pages print, but they are blank. The print cartridge is defective

or out of toner.

• Redistribute the toner, if necessary.

• If necessary, replace the print

cartridge.

The file may have blank pages. • Check the file to ensure that it does

not contain blank pages.

Some parts, such as the

controller or the board, may be

defective.

• Contact a service representative.

The machine does not print

PDF file correctly. Some parts of

graphics, text, or illustrations

are missing.

Incompatibility between the

PDF file and the Acrobat

products.

• Printing the PDF file as an image

may enable the file to print. Turn on

Print As Image from the Acrobat

printing options. It will take longer to

print when you print a PDF file as an

image.

The print quality of photos is

not good. Images are not clear.

The resolution of the photo is

very low.

• Reduce the photo size. If you

increase the photo size in the

software application, the resolution

will be reduced.

Before printing, the machine

emits vapor near the output

tray.

Using damp paper can cause

vapor during printing.

• Load a new batch of paper.

• To avoid the paper absorbing too

much moisture, do not open

packages of paper until required.

The machine does not print

special- sized paper, such as

billing paper.

Paper size and paper size

setting do not match.

• Set the correct paper size in the

Custom Paper Size Settings in the

Paper tab in the Printing

Preferences. (See Paper Options on

page 105.)

Condition Possible Cause Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

208

Common PostScript Problems

The following situations are PS language specific and may occur when several printer languages are

used.

Problem Possible Cause Solution

PostScript file cannot be printed. The PostScript driver may not be

installed correctly.

• Install the PostScript driver.

(See Install Printer Software on

page 94.)

• Print a configuration page and

verify that the PS version is

available for printing.

• If the problem persists, contact

a service representative.

“Limit Check Error” report prints. The print job was too complex. • You might need to reduce the

complexity of the page or

install more memory. (Refer to

the System Administrator

Guide.)

A PostScript error page prints. The print job may not be

PostScript.

• Make sure that the print job is

a PostScript job. Check to see

whether the software

application expected a setup

or PostScript header file to be

sent to the machine.

The optional tray is not selected in

the driver.

The printer driver has not been

configured to recognize the

optional tray.

• Open the PostScript driver

properties, select the Device

Settings tab, and set the tray

option of the Installable

Options section to Installed.

When printing a document in

Macintosh with Acrobat Reader

6.0 or higher, colors print

incorrectly.

The resolution setting in the

printer driver may not be matched

with the one in Acrobat Reader.

• Make sure that the resolution

setting in your printer driver

matches the one in Acrobat

Reader.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

209

Common Windows Problems

Note: Refer to the Microsoft Windows User Guide supplied with your computer for further

information on Windows error messages.

Condition Suggested Solutions

“File in Use” message appears during installation. • Exit all software applications. Remove all software

from the printer’s startup group, then restart

Windows. Re-install the printer driver.

“General Protection Fault”, “Exception OE”, “Spool

32”, or “Illegal Operation” messages appear.

• Close all other applications, reboot Windows and

try printing again.

“Fail To Print”, “A printer timeout error occurred”

messages appear.

• These messages may appear during printing. Just

keep waiting until the machine finishes printing.

If the message appears in standby mode or after

printing has been completed, check the

connection and/or whether an error has occurred.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

210

Common Linux Problems

Condition Suggested Solutions

The machine does not print. • Check if the printer driver is installed on your system. Open the Unified

Driver Configurator and switch to the Printers tab in the Printers

configuration window to look at the list of available machines. Make

sure that your machine is displayed on the list. If not, open the Add new

printer wizard to set up your machine.

• Check if the machine is started. Open the Printers configuration

window and select your machine from the printer list. Look at the

description in the Selected printer pane. If its status contains Stopped,

press the Start button. Normal operation of the machine should be

restored. The “stopped” status might be activated if problems in

printing occurred. For instance, this could be an attempt to print a

document when the port is being used by a scanning application.

• Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the

machine (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface (port),

simultaneous access of different “consumer” applications to the same

port is possible. To avoid possible conflicts, only one of them at a time is

allowed to gain control over the machine. The other “consumer” will

encounter a “device busy” response. You should open the Ports

Configuration window and select the port assigned to your machine. In

the Selected port pane you can see if the port is occupied by some

other application. If this is the case, you should either wait for

completion of the current job or press the Release port button.

• Check if your application has a special print option such as “-oraw”. If

“-oraw” is specified in the command line parameter, then remove it to

print properly. For Gimp front-end, select the “print” -> “Setup printer”

and edit command line parameters in the command item.

• The CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) version distributed with SuSE

Linux 9.2 (cups-1.1.21) has a problem with ipp (Internet Printing

Protocol). Use the socket printing instead of ipp or install a later version

of CUPS (cups-1.1.22 or higher).

The machine does not print

whole pages, and output is

printed on half the page.

• It is a known problem that occurs on version 8.51 or earlier of

Ghostscript, 64-bit Linux OS.The problem is solved in AFPL Ghostscript v.

8.52 or above. Download the latest version of AFPL Ghostscript from

http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/ and install it to solve this

problem.

Cannot scan via Gimp

Front-end.

• Check if the Gimp Front-end has Xsane: Device dialog. on the Acquire

menu. If not, you should install the Xsane plug-in for Gimp on the your

computer. You can find the Xsane plug-in package for Gimp on the Linux

distribution CD or the Gimp home page. For detailed information, refer

to the ‘Help for Linux’ distribution CD or the Gimp Front-end application.

• If you wish to use another kind of scan application, refer to the

application’s Help files.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

211

Note: Refer to the Linux User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on Linux

error messages.

Error message “Cannot open

port device file” displays when

printing a document.

• Avoid changing print job parameters (via LPR GUI, for example) while a

print job is in progress. Known versions of CUPS server break the print

job whenever print options are changed and then try to restart the job

from the beginning. Since Unified Linux Driver locks the port while

printing, the abrupt termination of the driver keeps the port locked and

unavailable for subsequent Print jobs. If this situation occurs, try to

release the port by selecting Release port in Port configuration

window.

The machine does not appear

on the scanners list.

• Ensure your machine is attached to your computer, connected properly

via the USB port, and is turned on.

• Ensure the scanner driver for your machine is installed on your system.

Open Unified Linux Driver configurator, switch to Scanners

configuration, then press Drivers. Make sure that a driver with a name

corresponding to your machine's name is listed in the window.

• Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the

machine (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface (port),

simultaneous access of different “consumer” applications to the same

port is possible. To avoid possible conflicts, only one of them at a time is

allowed to gain control over the machine. The other “consumer” will

encounter “device busy” response. This usually happens when starting a

scan procedure. An appropriate message box appears.

• To identify the source of the problem, open the Ports configuration and

select the port assigned to your scanner, port's symbol /dev/mfp0

corresponds to LP:0 designation displayed in the scanners’ options,

/dev/mfp1 relates to LP:1, and so on. USB ports start at /dev/mfp4, so

scanner on USB:0 relates to /dev/mfp4 respectively and so forth

sequentially. In the Selected port pane, you can see if the port is

occupied by another application. If this is the case, you should either

wait for completion of the current job or press the Release port button.

The machine does not scan. • Ensure a document is loaded into the machine, ensure your machine is

connected to the computer.

Condition Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

212

Common Macintosh Problems

Note: Refer to the Macintosh User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on

Macintosh error messages.

Condition Suggested Solutions

The machine does not print

PDF files correctly. Some parts

of graphics, text, or illustrations

are missing.

• Printing the PDF file as an image may enable the file to print. Turn on

Print As Image from the Acrobat printing options.

• It will take longer to print when you print a PDF file as an image.

The document has printed, but

the print job has not

disappeared from the spooler in

Mac OS X10.3.2.

• Update your MAC OS to OS X 10.3.3 or higher.

Some letters are not displayed

normally during the cover page

printing.

• Mac OS cannot create the font during the cover page printing. The

English alphabet and numbers are displayed normally on the cover

page.

When printing a document in

Macintosh with Acrobat

Reader 6.0 or higher, colors

print incorrectly.

• Make sure that the resolution setting in your machine driver matches

the one in Acrobat Reader.

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

213

Print Quality Problems

If the inside of the machine is dirty or paper has been loaded improperly, there might be a reduction in

print quality. See the table below to clear the problem.

Condition Suggested Solutions

Light or faded print • If a vertical white streak or faded area appears on the page, the toner supply is low.

You may be able to temporarily extend the print cartridge life. (See Redistributing

To ne r on page 189.) If this does not improve the print quality, install a new print

cartridge.

• The paper may not meet paper specifications; for example, the paper may be too

moist or rough. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• If the entire page is light, the print resolution setting is too low or the toner save

mode is on. Adjust the print resolution and turn the toner save mode off. See the

help screen of the printer driver.

• A combination of faded or smeared defects may indicate that the print cartridge

needs replacing. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)

Ton e r sp e ck s • The paper may not meet specifications; for example, the paper may be too moist or

rough. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• The transfer roller may be dirty. Clean the inside of your machine. (See Internal

Areas on page 186.)

• The paper path may need cleaning. (See Internal Areas on page 186.)

Dropouts If faded areas, generally rounded, occur randomly on the page:

• A single sheet of paper may be defective. Try reprinting the job.

• The moisture content of the paper is uneven or the paper has moist spots on its

surface. Try a different brand of paper. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• The paper is damaged. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to reject

toner. Try a new ream or brand of paper.

• Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper tab,

and set type to Thick. (See Paper Options on page 105.)

• If these steps do not correct the problem, contact a service representative.

White Spots If white spots appear on the page:

• The paper is too rough and dirt from the paper falls to the inner areas of the

machine on to the transfer roller. Clean the inside of your machine. (See Internal

Areas on page 186.).

• The paper path may need cleaning. (See Internal Areas on page 186.)

AaBbC

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

214

Vertical lines If black vertical streaks appear on the page, isolate the problem to copying, printing or

scanning and perform the following:

• If copying or scanning, check the CVT glass and document glass and if necessary

clean using a lint-free cloth. (See Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport

(CVT) Glass on page 185.)

• If copying or printing, the surface (drum part) of the print cartridge inside the

machine has probably been scratched. Remove the print cartridge and install a new

one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)

If white vertical streaks appear on the page:

Background If the amount of background shading becomes unacceptable:

• Change to a lighter weight paper. (See Media Specifications on page 225 for

specifications.)

• Check the environmental conditions: very dry conditions or a high level of humidity

(higher than 80% RH) can increase the amount of background shading.

• Remove the old print cartridge and, install a new one. (See Replacing the Print

Cartridge on page 183.)

•Use the Background Suppression feature in the Menu options.

Ton e r sm ear If toner smears on the page:

• Clean the inside of the machine. (See Internal Areas on page 186.)

• Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• Remove the print cartridge and then, install a new one. (See Replacing the Print

Cartridge on page 183.)

Vertical repetitive

defects

If marks repeatedly appear on the printed side of the page at even intervals:

• The print cartridge may be damaged, run a few prints through the machine and if

you still have the problem, remove the print cartridge and install a new one. (See

Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)

• Parts of the machine may have toner on them. If the defects occur on the back of

the page, the problem will likely correct itself after a few more pages.

• The fusing assembly may be damaged. Contact a service representative.

Background scatter Background scatter results from bits of toner randomly distributed on the printed page.

• The paper may be too damp. Load a new batch of paper. Do not open packages of

paper until necessary so that the paper does not absorb too much moisture.

• If background scatter occurs on an envelope, change the printing layout to avoid

printing over areas that have overlapping seams on the reverse side. Printing on

seams can cause problems.

• If background scatter covers the entire surface area of a printed page, adjust the

print resolution through your software application or using the printer driver options.

(See Print Procedure on page 102.)

Condition Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

215

Misformed

characters

• If characters are improperly formed and producing hollow images, the paper stock

may be too slick. Try different paper. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• If characters are improperly formed and producing a wavy effect, the scanner unit

may need service. Contact a service representative.

Page skew • Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• Ensure that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper stack. (See

Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)

Curl or wave • Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. Both high temperature and humidity can cause

paper curl. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees in

the tray.

• If the job is simplex, use the rear door as the output location. For instructions, refer

to Using the Rear Door on page 44.

Wrinkles or creases • Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees in

the tray.

• If the job is simplex, use the rear door as the output location. For instructions, refer

to Using the Rear Door on page 44.

Back of printouts

are dirty

Check for leaking toner. Clean the inside of the machine. (See Internal Areas on

page 186.)

Condition Suggested Solutions

AaBbC

AaBbCc

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

216

Solid Black pages • The print cartridge may not be installed properly. Remove the cartridge and reinsert

it.

• The print cartridge may be defective. Remove the print cartridge and install a new

one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)

• The machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.

Loose toner • Clean the inside of the machine. (See Internal Areas on page 186.)

• Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)

• Remove the print cartridge and then, install a new one. (See Replacing the Print

Cartridge on page 183.)

• The machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.

Character Voids Character voids are white areas within parts of characters that should be solid black:

• If you are using transparencies, try another type of transparency. Because of the

composition of transparencies, some character voids are normal.

• You may be printing on the wrong surface of the paper. Remove the paper and turn

it around.

• The paper may not meet paper specifications. (See Media Specifications on

page 225.)

Horizontal stripes If horizontally aligned black lines, stripes, streaks or smears appear:

• The print cartridge may be installed improperly. Remove the cartridge and reinsert it.

• The print cartridge may be defective. Remove the print cartridge and install a new

one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)

• If the problem persists, the machine may require repair. Contact a service

representative.

Condition Suggested Solutions

AaBbC

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

217

Copying Problems

Curl If the printed paper is curled or paper does not feed into the machine:

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180° in the tray.

• Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper tab,

and set type to Thin. (See Print Procedure on page 102.)

An unknown image

repetitively

appears on a few

sheets or loose

toner, light print, or

contamination

occurs.

• Your machine is probably being used at an altitude of 1,500 m (4,921 ft) or above.

• The high altitude may affect the print quality, such as loose toner or light imaging.

Change the correct altitude setting to your machine. (See Machine Settings on

page 170.)

Condition Suggested Solutions

Copies are too light

or too dark.

•Use Darkness in Copy feature to lighten or darken the copies. (See Select the

Features on page 33.)

Smears, lines, marks,

or spots appear on

copies.

• If the defects are on the original, use Darkness in Copy feature to lighten the

background of your copies. (See Select the Features on page 33.)

• If there are no defects on the original, clean the scanner unit. (See Internal Areas

on page 186.)

• If the defect occurs when using the automatic document feeder, clean the CVT

glass using a lint-free cloth. (See Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport

(CVT) Glass on page 185.)

Copy image is

skewed.

• Ensure that the original is face down on the document glass and not skewed.

• Ensure that the original is face up in the automatic document feeder and just

touching the guides.

• Check that the copy paper is loaded correctly. (See Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper

Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)

• Check that the paper is within specification. (See Media Specifications on

page 225.)

Blank copies. • Ensure that the original is face down on the document glass or face up in the

automatic document feeder.

Image rubs off the

copy easily.

• Replace the paper in the tray with paper from a new package.

• In high humidity areas, do not leave paper in the machine for extended periods of

time.

• Check that the paper is within specification. (See Media Specifications on

page 225.)

Condition Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

218

Scanning Problems

Frequent copy paper

jams occur.

• Fan the stack of paper, then turn it over in the tray. Replace the paper in the tray

with a fresh supply. Check/adjust the paper guides, if necessary.

• Ensure that the paper is the proper paper weight.

• Check for copy paper or pieces of copy paper remaining in the machine after a

paper jam has been cleared.

Print cartridge

produces fewer

copies than

expected before

running out of toner.

• Your originals may contain pictures, solids, or heavy lines. For example, your

originals may be forms, newsletters, books, or other documents that use more

toner.

•The automatic document feeder may be left open while copies are being made.

• Turn the machine off and back on.

Condition Suggested Solutions

The scanner does not

work.

• Make sure that you place the original to be scanned face down on the document

glass, or face up in the automatic document feeder.

• There may not be enough available memory to hold the document you want to

scan.

• Check that the machine cable is connected properly.

• Make sure that the machine cable is not defective. Switch the cable with a known

good cable. If necessary, replace the cable.

• Check that the scanner is configured correctly. Check scan setting in the Xerox

Scan Assistant or the application you want to use to make certain that the

scanner job is being sent to the correct port (for example, USB001).

The unit scans very

slowly.

• Check if the machine is printing received data. If so, scan the document after the

received data has been printed.

• Graphics are scanned more slowly than text.

The following

message appears on

your computer

screen:

• Machine can’t be

set to the H/W

mode you want.

• There may be a copy or print job in progress. Try your job again when that job is

finished.

• Port is being used

by another

program.

• The selected port is currently being used. Restart your computer and try again.

•Port is Disabled. • The machine cable may be improperly connected or the power may be off.

Condition Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

219

Fax Problems

• Scanner is busy

receiving or

printing data.

When the current

job is completed,

try again.

• The scanner driver is not installed or the operating environment is not set up

properly.

• Invalid handle. • Ensure that the machine is properly connected and the power is on, then restart

your computer.

• Scanning has

failed.

• The USB cable may be improperly connected or the power may be off.

Condition Suggested Solutions

The machine is not

working, there is no

display, or the

buttons are not

working.

• Power off the machine and unplug the power cord. Plug the power cord back in and

then power the machine on.

• Ensure that there is power being supplied to the electrical outlet.

No dial tone. • Check that the phone line is properly connected.

• Check that the phone socket on the wall is working by plugging in another phone.

The numbers stored

in memory do not

dial correctly.

• Make sure that the numbers are stored in memory correctly. Print an Address Book

list. (See Information Pages on page 157.)

The original does

not feed into the

machine.

• Make sure that the paper is not wrinkled and you are inserting it in correctly. Check

that the original is the right size, not too thick or thin.

• Make sure that the automatic document feeder is firmly closed.

•The automatic document feeder rubber pad may need to be replaced. Contact a

service representative.

Faxes are not

received

automatically.

• The receiving mode should be set to fax.

• Make sure that there is paper in the tray.

• Check to see if the display shows any error message and follow the instructions to

remedy the problem.

The machine does

not send.

• Make sure that the original is loaded in the automatic document feeder or on the

document glass.

• Check the fax machine you are sending to, to see if it can receive your fax.

• Try the job again later, the line may have a fault or be busy.

Condition Suggested Solutions

Troubleshooting

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

220

The incoming fax

has blank spaces or

is of poor-quality.

• The fax machine sending you the fax may be faulty.

• A noisy phone line can cause line errors.

• Check your machine by making a copy.

• The print cartridge may be empty. Replace the print cartridge. (See Replacing the

Print Cartridge on page 183.)

Some of the words

on an incoming fax

are stretched.

• The fax machine sending the fax had a temporary document jam.

There are lines on

the originals you

sent.

• Check your scanner unit for contamination or debris and clean it. (See Cleaning the

Machine on page 184.)

The machine dials a

number, but the

connection with the

other fax machine

fails.

• The other fax machine may be turned off, out of paper, or cannot answer

incoming calls. Speak with the other machine operator and ask her/him to solve

out the problem.

Faxes do not store in

memory.

• There may not be enough memory space to store the fax. If the display indicating

the memory status shows, delete any faxes you no longer need from the memory,

and then try to store the fax again.

• Call for service.

Blank areas appear

at the bottom of

each page or on

other pages, with a

small strip of text at

the top.

• You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the user option setting. For

details about paper settings refer to Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

Condition Suggested Solutions

Further Assistance

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

221

Further Assistance

For any additional help visit our customer web site at www.xerox.com or contact the Xerox Support

Center quoting the machine serial number.

Xerox Support Center

If a fault cannot be resolved by following the display instructions, check Error Messages on page 198. If

the difficulty persists, contact the Xerox Support Center. The Xerox Support Center will want to know

the nature of the problem, the machine serial number, the fault code (if any) plus the name and

location of your company.

Locating the Serial Number

Locate the machine’s serial number by taking the following steps:

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Information and press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Serial Number and write down your machine’s serial

number.

4. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

The serial number is also located on the inside of the front door on the machine.

Printing a Machine Report

You can print the machine's information and job report.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK.

3. To print all reports and lists, select All Pages and press OK. Press the left/right arrows to highlight

Yes at the Print? prompt and press OK.

You can use CentreWare Internet Services to print the machine's configuration report or browse the

status. Open a web browser at the networked computer and type the machine's IP address. When

CentreWare Internet Services opens, click Information > Print Information.

Further Assistance

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

222

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

223

Specifications

This chapter includes:

•Machine Specifications on page 224

•Electrical Specifications on page 227

•Feature Specifications on page 228

Machine Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

224

Machine Specifications

Machine Configurations

Feature WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI WorkCentre 3315DN

Hardware Configuration Processor

Duplex Automatic Document Feeder

Paper Tray 1 and Bypass Tray

Optional Paper Tray 2

Processor

Automatic Document Feeder

Paper Tray 1 and Bypass Tray

Optional Paper Tray 2

Machine Size

(width x depth x height) 18.5 x 18 x 17.6 inches

(469 x 458 x 447 mm)

16.7 x 16.6 x 16.4 inches

(424 x 422 x 417 mm)

Machine Weight

Net (with consumables)

36.49 lbs (16.55 kg) 31.7 lbs (14.37 kg)

Access From the front and back From the front and back

Speed: Simplex Up to 37 ppm on Letter

Up to 35 ppm on A4

Up to 33 ppm on Letter

Up to 31 ppm on A4

Speed: Duplex Up to 18 ppm on Letter

Up to 17 ppm on A4

Up to 16 ppm on Letter

Up to 15 ppm on A4

First Copy Out Time Less than 10 seconds from document

glass

From Power Save: 14.0 seconds

Less than 12 seconds from document

glass

From Power Save: 14.5 seconds

Warm Up Time Cold Start: Ready to copy in 35 seconds

From Power Save: Ready to copy as fast

as 13 seconds

Cold Start: Ready to copy in 35 secs

From Power Save: Ready to copy as fast

as 13 seconds

Machine Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

225

Media Specifications

Paper Trays 1 and 2 (Optional)

Bypass Tray

Note: The paper stack height must not exceed 0.4 inches (10 mm).

Feature Specification

Capacity: Paper Tray 1 250 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper

Capacity: Paper Tray 2 (Optional) 520 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper

Paper Weights 16 - 43 lb (60 to 163 g/m²)

Paper Sizes Length: min 8.3 - max 14 inches (210 - 356 mm)

Width: min: 4.13” max 8.5 inches (105 - 216 mm)

8.5 x 11 inches

8.5 x 14 inches

8.5 x 13 inches

ISO B5 (176 x 250mm)

JIS B5 (182 x 257mm)

Oficio

Executive 7.25 x 10.5 inches(184.2 x 266.7mm)

Custom

Feature Specification

Capacity 50 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper

5 sheets transparencies

5 envelopes

Paper Weights 16 - 58 lb (60 to 220 g/m²)

Paper Range Length min 5.0 - max 14 inches (127 - 356 mm)

Width min 3.0 - max 8.5 inches (76.2 - 216 mm)

Machine Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

226

Duplex Unit

Automatic Document Feeder

Output Modules

Output Tray

Feature Specification

Paper Weights 16 - 32 lb (60 to 120 g/m²)

Paper Sizes A4, Letter, Oficio, Folio, Legal

Paper Types Plain Paper, Thin, Thick, Recycled, Bond

Feature WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI WorkCentre 3315DN

Capacity 50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond

paper

50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond

paper

Paper Weights 12.5 - 28 lb (50 to 120 g/m²)16 - 28 lb (60 to 120 g/m²)

Paper Sizes Width: 5.6 - 8.5 inches (142 -

216mm)

Length: 5.8 - 14.0 inches (148 -

356mm)

Width: 5.6 - 8.5 inches

(142 - 216mm)

Length: 5.8 - 14.0 inches

(148 - 356mm)

2 sided Document Scanning Yes (Reversing) No

Automatic Document Feeder

Speed (A4)

1-1: 35 ppm

1-2: 17 ppm

2-2 collated: 13 ppm

1-1: 31 ppm

1-2: 15 ppm

Feature Specification

Capacity 150 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper

Electrical Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

227

Electrical Specifications

Feature Specification

Frequency 50/60 Hz

Electrical Voltage 110 - 127 VAC & 220 - 240 VAC

Average Power Consumption Power Save mode: Less than 8 Watts

Stand By mode: Less than 50 Watts

Feature Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

228

Feature Specifications

Fax Feature

Print Feature

Feature Specification

Fax Transmission Speed 33.6 Kbps

Telephone Line Type Standard public analogue switched telephone line or equivalent

Communication Standard Super G3, IYU G3

Maximum Resolution Capability 300 x 300 dpi

Standard Fax Memory WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 50MB

WorkCentre 3315DN: 5 MB

Effective Scanning Width 8.2 inches (208 mm)

Maximum Print Width 8.5 inches (216 mm)

Connection Approvals EU/EEA: certified to TBR21

USA: approved to FCC Pt 68

Canada: approved to DOC CS-03

Other countries: certified to national PTT standards

Feature Specification

Compatibility Windows PC / MAC / Linux

Speed 35 ppm one-sided (Letter) / 33 ppm (A4)

18 ppm two-sided (Letter) / 17 ppm (A4)

Maximum Print Area 8.5 x 14 inches US Legal (216 mm x 356 mm)

Print Resolution Up to 1200 x 1200 effective output

Yield 11000 prints

Prints from the Print Cartridge supplied with the machine:

• WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 5000

• WorkCentre 3315DN: 2300

Maximum Resolution 300 x 300 dpi

Standard Printer Memory WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 512 MB

WorkCentre 3315DN: 256 MB

PDL / PCL PCL5e, PCL6, Postscript 3, PDF1.4, Single-TIFF

Feature Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

229

Scan Feature

Feature Specification

Maximum Document Width 8.5 inches (216 mm)

Effective Scan Width 8.2 inches (208 mm)

Maximum Resolution 600 x 600 dpi

TWAIN / ISIS Compatible TWAIN / WIA

Image Compression MH, MMR, LZW, JPEG

Scan Mode Mono Text, Mono Photo and True Color

Grayscale 256 levels

Feature Specifications

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

230

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

231

Safety

This chapter includes:

•Notices and Safety on page 232

•Safety Labels and Symbols on page 233

•Operational Safety Information on page 234

•Basic Regulations on page 238

•Copy Regulations on page 242

•Fax Regulations on page 245

•Material Safety Data on page 248

•Product Recycling and Disposal on page 249

•Energy Program Compliance on page 251

•Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact Information on page 252

Notices and Safety

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

232

Notices and Safety

Please read the following instructions carefully before operating the machine. Refer to them as needed

to ensure the continued safe operation of your machine.

Your Xerox machine and supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.

These include safety agency evaluation and certification, and compliance with electromagnetic

regulations and established environmental standards.

The safety and environment testing and performance of this machine have been verified using Xerox

materials only.

WARNING: Unauthorized alterations, which may include the addition of new functions or

connection of external machines, may impact the machine certification. Please contact your

Xerox representative for more information.

Safety Labels and Symbols

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

233

Safety Labels and Symbols

All warnings and instructions marked on or supplied with the machine should be followed.

This WARNING alerts users to areas of the machine where there is the possibility of personal

injury.

This WARNING alerts users to areas of the machine where there are heated surfaces, which

should not be touched.

This WARNING alerts users not to perform unauthorized actions that may result in hazardous

light exposure.

Operational Safety Information

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

234

Operational Safety Information

Your Xerox machine and supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.

These include safety agency examination, approval, and compliance with established environmental

standards. To ensure the continued safe operation of your Xerox machine, follow these safety

guidelines at all times:

Electrical Supply

This section provides important electrical supply safety information that you should read before

installing or using the device.

Read the information in the following sections:

•Power Outlet Electrical Safety on page 234

•Power Cord Electrical Safety on page 234

•Laser Safety Information on page 235

•Device Safety on page 235

•Emergency Power Off on page 236

•Disconnect Device on page 236

Power Outlet Electrical Safety

This device must be operated from the type of electrical supply indicated on the data plate label

located on the rear cover of the device. If you are not sure that your electrical supply meets the

requirements, please consult your local power company or a licensed electrician for advice.

The electrical supply outlet should be installed near the device and should be easily accessible.

WARNING: This device must be connected to a protective earth circuit. This device is supplied

with a plug that has a protective earth pin. This plug will only fit into an earthed electrical outlet.

This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact a licensed

electrician to replace the outlet. Always connect the device to a correctly grounded power outlet.

If in doubt, have the outlet checked by a qualified electrician. Improper connection of the

device-grounding conductor can result in electrical shock.

Power Cord Electrical Safety

• Use only the power cord supplied with this device.

• Plug the power cord directly into a grounded electrical outlet. Do not use an extension cord. If you

do not know whether or not an outlet is grounded, consult a qualified electrician.

• Do not place this device where people might step on or trip on the power cord.

• Do not place objects on the power cord.

Operational Safety Information

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

235

Laser Safety Information

WARNING: Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified

herein may result in hazardous light exposure.

With specific regard to laser safety, the device complies with performance standards for laser products

set by government, national and international agencies as a Class 1 laser product. It does not emit

hazardous light, as the beam is totally enclosed during all phases of customer operation and

maintenance.

Device Safety

This device has been designed to provide operator access to safe areas only. Operator access to

hazardous areas is restricted using covers or guards, which require a tool to enable removal. Never

remove the covers or guards that protect hazardous areas.

Device Safety - Do These

• Always follow all warnings and instructions that are marked on or supplied with the device.

• Before cleaning this device, unplug the device from the electrical outlet. Always use materials

specifically designated for this device, the use of other materials may result in poor performance

and create a hazardous situation.

• Always exercise care when moving or relocating the device. Please contact your local Xerox dealer

to arrange relocation of the device to a location outside of your building.

• Always locate the device on a solid support surface (not on plush carpet) that has adequate

strength to support the weight of the machine.

• Always locate the device in an area that has adequate ventilation and room for servicing.

• Always unplug this device from the electrical outlet before cleaning.

Note: Your Xerox device is equipped with an energy saving function to conserve power when the

device is not in use. The device may be left on continuously.

Device Safety - Do Not Do These

WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or flammable when

used on electromechanical equipment.

• Never use a ground adapter plug to connect the device to a power outlet that lacks a ground

connection terminal.

• Never attempt any maintenance function that is not specifically described in this documentation.

• Never obstruct ventilation openings. They are provided to prevent overheating.

• Never remove covers or guards that are fastened with screws. There are no operator serviceable

areas within these covers.

• Never locate the machine near a radiator or any other heat source.

• Never push objects of any kind into the ventilation openings.

• Never override or “cheat” any of the electrical or mechanical interlock devices.

• Never place this device where people might step on or trip on the power cord.

Operational Safety Information

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

236

• This device should not be placed in a room unless proper ventilation is provided.

Please contact your local Authorized dealer for further information.

Emergency Power Off

If any of the following conditions occur, turn off the device immediately and disconnect the power

cable(s) from the electrical outlet(s). Contact an authorized Xerox Service Representative to correct the

problem:

• The device emits unusual odors or makes unusual noises.

• The power cable is damaged or frayed.

• A wall panel circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device has been tripped.

• Liquid is spilled into the machine.

• The machine is exposed to water or another liquid

• Any part of the device is damaged.

Disconnect Device

The power cable is the disconnect device for this device. It is attached to the back of the machine as a

plug-in device. To remove all electrical power from the device, disconnect the power cable from the

electrical outlet.

Ozone Safety Information

This device will produce ozone during normal operation. The ozone produced is heavier than air and is

dependent on copy volume. Providing the correct environmental parameters as specified in the Xerox

installation procedure will ensure that the concentration levels meet safe limits.

If you need additional information about ozone, please request the Xerox publication Ozone by calling

1-800-828-6571 in the United States and Canada. In other markets please contact your authorized

local dealer or Service Provider.

Maintenance Information

WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or flammable when

used on electromechanical equipment.

• Any operator device maintenance procedures will be described in the user documentation

supplied with the device.

• Do not carry out any maintenance on this device which is not described in the customer

documentation.

• Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed in the user documentation.

• Do not remove covers or guards that are fastened with screws. There are no parts behind these

covers that you can maintain or service.

Operational Safety Information

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

237

Consumables Information

• Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.

• Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.

• Never throw toner, print cartridges or toner containers into an open flame.

Product Safety Certification

This device is certified by the following Agency using the Safety standards listed.

This device has been manufactured under a registered ISO9001 Quality system.

Agency Standard

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UL60950-1 2nd Edition (USA/Canada)

IEC/EN60950-1 2nd Edition

Basic Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

238

Basic Regulations

Xerox has tested this device to electromagnetic emission and immunity standards. These standards are

designed to mitigate interference caused or received by this device in a typical office environment.

United States (FCC Regulations)

This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to

Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful

interference in a commercial environment. This device generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency

energy. If it is not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, it may cause harmful

interference to radio communications. Operation of this device in a residential area is likely to cause

harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his/her own

expense.

If this device does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined

by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or

more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiver.

• Increase the separation between the device and receiver.

• Connect the device into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is

connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.

Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by Xerox could void the user's authority to

operate the device. To ensure compliance with Part 15 of the FCC rules, use shielded interface cables.

Regulatory information for 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN Module

This product contains a 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module which complies with the

requirements specified in FCC Part 15, Industry Canada RSS-210 and European Council Directive

99/5/EC.

Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause

harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference

that may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications to this device not specifically approved by the Xerox Corporation may void

the user's authority to operate this equipment.

Canada (Regulations)

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

Basic Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

239

European Union

WARNING: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this device may cause radio

interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

The CE mark applied to this device symbolizes Xerox’s declaration of conformity with the

following applicable Directives of the European Union as of the dates indicated:

• December 12, 2006: Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC. Approximation of the laws of the

member states related to low voltage equipment.

• December 15, 2004: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/108/EC. Approximation of the

laws of the member states related to electromagnetic compatibility.

• March 9, 1999: Radio & Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 1999/5/EC.

This device, if used properly in accordance with the user's instructions, is neither dangerous for the

consumer nor for the environment.

To ensure compliance with European Union regulations, use shielded interface cables.

A signed copy of the Declaration of Conformity for this device can be obtained from Xerox.

European Union Lot 4 Imaging Equipment Agreement Environmental

Information

Environmental Information Providing Environmental Solutions and Reducing Cost

Introduction

The following information has been developed to assist users and has been issued in relation to the

European Union (EU) Energy Related Products Directive, specifically the Lot 4 study on Imaging

Equipment. This requires manufacturers to improve environmental performance of in scope products

and supports the EU action plan on energy efficiency.

In scope products are Household and Office equipment that meet the following criteria.

• Standard monochrome format products with a maximum speed less than 66 A4 images per

minute

• Standard color format products with a maximum speed less than 51 A4 images per minute

Environmental Benefits of Duplex Printing

Most Xerox products have duplex printing, also known as 2-sided printing, capability. This enables you

to print on both sides of the paper automatically, and therefore helps to reduce the use of valuable

resources by reducing your paper consumption. The Lot 4 Imaging Equipment agreement requires that

on models greater than or equal to 40 ppm color or greater than or equal to 45 ppm monochrome the

duplex function has been auto enabled, during the setup and driver installation. Some Xerox models

below these speed bands may also be enabled with 2-sided printing settings defaulted on at the time

of install. Continuing to use the duplex function will reduce the environmental impact of your work.

Basic Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

240

However, should you require simplex/1-sided printing, you may change the print settings in the printer

driver.

Paper Types

This product can be used to print an both recycled and virgin paper, approved to an environmental

stewardship scheme, which complies with EN1 2281 or a similar quality standard. Lighter weight paper

(60 g/m2), which contains less raw material and thus save resources per print, may be used in certain

applications. We encourage you to check if this is suitable for your printing needs.

Basic Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

241

ENERGY STAR

Power Consumption and Activation Time

The amount of electricity a product consumes depends an the way the device is used. This product is

designed and configured to enable you to reduce your electricity costs. After the last print it switches to

Ready mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a

period of time, the device switches to a Power Save Mode. In these modes, only essential functions

remain active in order to enable reduced product power consumption.

Upon exiting from Power Save Mode, the first print will take slightly longer than in Ready mode. This

delay is the result of the system "waking up" from Power Save mode and is typical of most imaging

products on the market.

If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save

Mode, please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer

period of time or not at all.

To learn more about Xerox participation in sustainability initiatives, please visit our website at:

www.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment/enus.html

Germany

Blendschutz

Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz

vorgesehen. Um störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt

nicht im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.

Larmemission

Maschinenlärminformatians-Verordnung3 . GPSGV: Der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A)

oder weniger gemäß EN I S 0 7779.

Importeur

Deutschland

Xerox GmbH

Hellersbergstraße 2-4

41460 Neuss

Turkey RoHS Regulation

In compliance with Article 7 (d). We hereby certify:

"It is compliant with the EEE Regulation."

"EEE yönetmeliğine uygundur"

Copy Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

242

Copy Regulations

United States

Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain

circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such

reproductions.

1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:

• Certificates of Indebtedness

• National Bank Currency

• Coupons from Bonds

• Federal Reserve Bank Notes

• Silver Certificates

• Gold Certificates

• United States Bonds

• Treasury Notes

• Federal Reserve Notes

• Fractional Notes

• Certificates of Deposit

• Paper Money

• Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA, etc.

• Bonds (U.S. Savings Bonds may be photographed only for publicity purposes in connection

with the campaign for the sale of such bonds.)

• Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a

canceled revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is

performed for lawful purposes.

• Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be

photographed, provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75% or more

than 150% of the linear dimensions of the original.

•Postal Money Orders.

• Bills, Checks, or Draft of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.

• Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or

may be issued under any Act of Congress.

2. Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.

3. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.

4. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the

reproduction falls within the “fair use” or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright

law.

Further information of these provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of

Congress, Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.5.

5. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be

photographed.

Copy Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

243

6. Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.

7. Immigration papers.

8. Draft Registration Cards.

9. Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following Registrant’s information:

• Earnings or Income

•Court Record

• Physical or mental condition

• Dependency Status

• Previous military service

Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.

10. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of

the various Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, etc. (Unless photograph is ordered by the

head of such department or bureau.)

Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:

• Automobile Licenses

•Drivers’ Licenses

• Automobile Certificates of Title

The above list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of

doubt, consult your attorney.

Canada

This device has been tested to and is compliant with CS03 Issue 9 Amendments 1, 2, and 3.

Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain

circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such

reproductions.

1. Current bank notes or current paper money.

2. Obligations or securities of a government or bank.

3. Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper.

4. The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or

of a court of law.

5. Proclamations, orders, regulations or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely cause

same to purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent printer

for a province).

6. Marks, brands, seals, wrappers or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of

a province, the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission or

agency established by the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state

other than Canada.

7. Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or

of a province or by the government of a state other than Canada.

8. Documents, registers or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing

certified copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof.

Copy Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

244

9. Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright

or trademark owner.

The above list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability

is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.

Other Countries

Copying certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be

imposed on those found guilty of making such reproductions:

•Currency notes

• Bank notes and cheques

• Bank and government bonds and securities

• Passports and identification cards

• Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner

• Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments

This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of

doubt, contact your legal counsel.

Fax Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

245

Fax Regulations

United States

This device has been tested to and is compliant with FCC part 68, TIA-968-A and TIA-968-B.

Fax Send Header Requirements

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or

other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly

contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the

transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other

individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,

other entity or individual. The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other

number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges. In order to program this

information into your machine, refer to Machine Settings on page 170 for instructions.

Data Coupler Information

This device complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the Administrative

Council for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the cover of this device is a label that contains, among

other information, a device identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number

must be provided to the Telephone Company. A plug and jack used to connect this device to the

premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and

requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this

device. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See

installation instructions for details.

You may safely connect the machine to the following standard modular jack: USOC RJ-11C using the

compliant telephone line cord (with modular plugs) provided with the installation kit. See installation

instructions for details. To order the correct service from the local telephone company, you may also

have to quote the codes listed below:

• Facility Interface Code (FIC) = 02LS2

• Service Order Code (SOC) = 9.0Y

WARNING: Ask your local telephone company for the modular jack type installed on your line.

Connecting this machine to an unauthorized jack can damage telephone company equipment.

You assume all responsibility and/or liability for any damage caused by the connection of this

machine to an unauthorized jack.

The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that may be

connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing

in response to an incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0).

To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total

RENs, contact the local Telephone Company. The REN for this device is part of the device identifier that

has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point

(e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3).

Fax Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

246

If this Xerox device causes harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company will notify you in

advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But if advance notice is not

practical, the Telephone Company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised

of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.

The Telephone Company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that

could affect the operation of the device. If this happens, the Telephone Company will provide advance

notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.

If trouble is experienced with this Xerox device, for repair or warranty information, please contact the

appropriate service center; details of which are displayed either on the machine or contained within

the User Guide. If the device is causing harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company may

request that you disconnect the device until the problem is resolved.

Repairs to the machine should be made only by a Xerox Service Representative or an authorized Xerox

Service provider. This applies at any time during or after the service warranty period. If unauthorized

repair is performed, the remainder of the warranty period is null and void.

This device must not be used on party lines. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs.

Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission or corporation commission for

information.

If your office has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, make sure that the

installation of this Xerox device does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about

what will disable alarm equipment, consult your Telephone Company or a qualified installer.

Canada

This device has been tested to and is compliant with CS03 Issue 9 Amendments 1, 2, and 3.

This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications.

Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier.

Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this device, or device malfunctions, may give the

telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the device.

Users should make sure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power

utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe systems, if present, are connected together.

This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.

CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact

the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate.

The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the

maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on

an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum

of the Ringer Equivalent Numbers of all of the devices does not exceed 5. For the Canadian REN value,

please see the label on the device.

Fax Regulations

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

247

Europe

Radio Equipment & Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive

The Facsimile has been approved in accordance with the Council Decision 1999/5/EC for pan-European

single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However, due to

differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of

itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network terminal point.

In the event of a problem you should contact your authorized local dealer in the first instance.

This device has been tested to and is compliant with ES203 021-1, 2 and 3 and is compliant with

R&TTE 1999/5/EC., a specification for terminal equipment for use on analogue-switched telephone

networks in the European Economic Area. Country codes should be set prior to connecting this device

to the network.

Note: Although this device can use either loop disconnect (pulse) or DTMF (tone) signaling, it is

recommended that it is set to use DTMF signaling. DTMF signaling provides reliable and faster call

setup. Modification of this device, connection to external control software or to external control

apparatus not authorized by Xerox, will invalidate its certification.

Material Safety Data

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

248

Material Safety Data

For Material Safety Data information regarding your printer, go to:

North America: www.xerox.com/msds

European Union: www.xerox.com/environment_europe

For the Customer Support Center phone numbers, go to www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts

Product Recycling and Disposal

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

249

Product Recycling and Disposal

USA & Canada

Xerox operates a worldwide equipment take back and reuse/recycle program. Contact your Xerox sales

representative (1-800-ASK-XEROX) to determine whether this Xerox device is part of the program. For

more information about Xerox environmental programs, visit www.xerox.com/environment.html.

If you are managing the disposal of your Xerox device, please note that the device may contain lead,

mercury, Perchlorate, and other materials whose disposal may be regulated due to environmental

considerations. The presence of these materials is fully consistent with global regulations applicable at

the time that the device was placed on the market. For recycling and disposal information, contact

your local authorities. In the United States, you may also refer to the Electronic Industries Alliance web

site: http://www.eiae.org/.

European Union

WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC

Product Recycling and Disposal (EU Professional/Business Environment)

Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you must dispose of this

equipment in compliance with agreed national procedures. In accordance with European

legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to disposal must be

managed within agreed procedures.

(EU Battery Directive)

These symbols on the products, and/or accompanying documents mean that used

electrical and electronic products and batteries should not be mixed with general

household waste.

For proper treatment, recovery and recycling of old products and used batteries, please take them to

applicable collection points, in accordance with your national legislation and the Directive 2002/96/EC

and 2006/66/EC.

By disposing of these products and batteries correctly, you will help to save valuable resources and

prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment which could otherwise

arise from inappropriate waste handling.

For more information about collection and recycling of old products and batteries, please contact your

local municipality, your waste disposal service or the point of sale where you purchased the items.

Penalties may be applicable for incorrect disposal of this waste, in accordance with national legislation.

For Business Users in the European Union

If you wish to discard electrical and electronic equipment, please contact your dealer or supplier for

further information.

Product Recycling and Disposal

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

250

Information on disposal in other countries outside the European Union

These symbols are only valid in the European Union. If you wish to discard these items, please contact

your local authorities or dealer and ask for the correct method of disposal.

Note for the Battery Symbol

This wheeled bin symbol may be used in combination with a chemical symbol. This

establishes compliance with the requirements set out by the Directive.

Energy Program Compliance

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

251

Energy Program Compliance

All Markets

ENERGY STAR

The ENERGY STAR program is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of

energy efficient models, which help to reduce environmental impact. Details on the ENERGY STAR

program and models qualified to ENERGY STAR can be found at the following website:

www.energystar.gov/index.cfm?fuseaction=find_a_product.showProductGroup&pgw_code=IEQ

As an ENERGY STAR® partner, Xerox Corporation has determined that this device meets the ENERGY

STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.

The ENERGY STAR and ENERGY STAR MARK are registered United States trademarks.

The ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is a team effort between U.S., European

Union and Japanese governments and the office equipment industry to promote

energy-efficient copiers, printers, fax, multifunction machines, personal computers, and

monitors. Reducing device energy consumption helps combat smog, acid rain and

long-term changes to the climate by decreasing the emissions that result from

generating electricity.

Xerox ENERGY STAR equipment is preset at the factory, to switch to Power Save Mode after a preset

time following the last copy/print out. The default time set for the Xerox WorkCentre

3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI is 1 minute. A more detailed description of this feature can be found in the

User Guide. Refer to Machine Settings on page 170 for instructions on how to change the Power Save

setting.

Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact Information

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

252

Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact

Information

For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox device and supplies,

please contact the following customer help lines:

USA: 1-800 828-6571

Canada: 1-800 828-6571

Europe: +44 1707 353 434

Device safety information is also available on the Xerox website:

www.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

253

Index

Numerics

2 Sided

Copying, 33

Printing, 118

2 sided Printing, 105

2 Up, 4 Up, 37, 39

Accessing the Setup Options, 154

Add Page, 79

Add Pages to a Delayed Fax, 81

Address Book, 13, 70, 76, 86, 138

Create a Group Address using Internet

Services, 139

Create New entries, 138

Delete a Group, 140

Delete a Group Dial entry, 140

Delete an entry, 88

Delete an Individual Address, 138

Group Dial Numbers, 87

Printing, 70, 89

Searching, 70

Speed Dial Numbers, 86

Administrator Password, 154

Advanced Tab, 108

Alphanumeric Keys, 13

Alphanumeric keys, 13

Altitude Adjustment, 171

Answering Machine, 91

Auto Center, 38

Auto Report, 169

Auto Tray Switch, 172

Automatic Document Feeder, 32, 47, 64, 74

Jams, 190

Specifications, 226

Back button, 13

Background Suppression, 37

Basic Regulations, 238

Basic Tab, 103

Billing Counters, 26, 155

Book Center, 38

Book Copy, 37, 40

Booklet Creation, 37, 41

Border Erase, 38

Broadcast Send, 79

Buttons, 12

Bypass Tray, 8, 145, 195

Extension, 8

Width Guides, 8

Calling for Service, 30, 221

Canada (Regulations), 238

Cancel button, 13

Cancel Job, 79

Canceling a Delayed Fax, 81

Care, 181

Caring for your Machine, 182

CentreWare Internet Services, 131

File Download, 137

Home Page, 132

Jobs, 134

Print, 137

Properties, 141

Status, 133

Support, 142

Changing Printer Settings, 117

Characters, 14

Checking the Supplies Life, 184

Cleaning

Control Panel, 185

CVT Glass, 185

Document Feeder, 185

Document Glass, 185

Internal Areas, 186

Output Tray, 185

Cleaning Tasks, 29

Cleaning the Machine, 184

Clear All button, 12, 13

Clear Settings, 176

Clock Mode, 170

Clone Copy, 37, 42

Common Problems

Linux, 210

Macintosh, 212

PostScript, 208

Windows, 209

Configuration

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

254

Report, 25

Configuration Page, 171

Confirming a Fax, 77

Constant Velocity Transport Glass, 185

Consumables Safety Information, 237

Contrast, 37, 54, 69

Fax, 78

Control Board Cover, 8

Control Panel, 8, 12, 185

Copy, 31

2 Up, 4 Up, 39

Background Suppression, 37

Book Copy, 40

Booklet Creation, 41

Border Erase, 38

Clone Copy, 42

Contrast, 37

Edge Erase, 38

ID Card, 39

Layout, 37

Lighten/Darken, 36

Margin Shift, 38

Original Size, 36

Original Type, 37

Poster Copy, 41

Reduce/Enlarge, 36

Small Original, 38

Copy Defaults, 27, 159

Copy features, 33

Copy Job Status, 35

Copy Options, 36

Copy Procedure, 32

Copy Regulations, 242

Copying Problems, 217

Counter, 26, 155

Create a Group, 139

Customer Replaceable Consumable, 29, 182

Print Cartridge, 183

Storage and Handling, 182

CVT Glass, 29

Date & Time, 170

Deactivate Secure Receive, 85

Deactivating Fax Forward, 84

Default Paper Size, 171

Defaults

Clear Settings, 176

Copy, 27, 159

E-mail, 27, 163

Fax Setup, 27

Machine Settings, 170

Maintenance, 175

Network Settings, 28, 178

Paper Settings, 173

Scan, 27, 161

Sound Settings, 174

System Setup, 28, 170

Delay Send, 79, 80

Delayed Fax

Add Page, 79

Cancelling a Job, 81

Delete a Group Dial, 140

Deleting an Address Book Entry, 88

Deleting an Image File, 129

Device Safety, 235

Document Feeder, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74, 185, 226

Cover, 8

Input Tray, 8

Jams, 190

Output Tray, 8

Width Guides, 8

Document Feeder Specifications, 226

Document Glass, 8, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74, 185

Cleaning, 29

Cover, 8

Document Loading, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74

Double Sided Printing, 105

DRPD Mode, 91, 168

Duplex Unit, 9

Earth Smart Settings, 172

Earth Smart Tab, 111

Edge Erase, 38

Editing a Group Dial Number, 87

Electrical Specifications, 227

Electrical Supply, 234

Electrical Voltage, 227

E-mail, 63

Address Book, 70

Contrast, 69

File Format, 69

Lighten/Darken, 69

Original Size, 68

Original Type, 68

Output Color, 68

Printing the Address Book, 70

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

255

Resolution, 68

Searching the Address Book, 70

Send, 66

Smart Key Addresses, 71

Stop, 67

E-mail Address, 65

E-mail Defaults, 27, 163

E-mail Job Status, 67

E-mail Options, 68

E-mail Procedure, 64

E-mailing, 64

Energy Program Compliance, 251

ENERGY STAR, 251

Enter the E-mail Address, 65

Enter the Fax Number, 76

Enter the Quantity, 34

Entering Characters, 14

Envelope Mode, 146

Error Messages, 198

European Union Regulations, 239

Extension Telephone Socket, 9

Fault Messages, 198

Faults, 188

Bypass Tray, 195

Copying, 217

Document Feeder, 190

Error Messages, 198

Fax, 219

Inside the Machine, 196

Linux, 210

Macintosh, 212

Output Area, 196

Paper Feeding, 203

Paper Jams, 192

PostScript Problems, 208

Print Quality, 213

Printing, 205

Scanning, 218

Tray 1, 194

Tray 2, 194

Windows Printing, 209

Fax, 73, 74

Add Page, 79

Address Book, 76, 86

Answering Machine, 91

Cancel a Job in Memory, 79

Confirmation, 77

Contrast, 78

Deactivate Secure Receive, 85

Deactivating Fax Forward, 84

Delay Send, 79, 80

Delete Address Book Entry, 88

DRPD mode, 91

Editing a Group Dial Number, 87

Enter the Number, 76

Fax Forward, 79

Forward, 83

Group Dial, 87

Group Dial Numbers, 88

Job Status, 77

Keypad Dial, 76

Lighten/Darken, 78

Manual Dial, 76

Multi Send, 79, 80

Original Size, 79

Pause / Redial, 76

Print Address Book, 89

Printing Secure Faxes, 85

Priority Send, 79, 82

Problems, 219

Receiving, 91

Receiving Faxes in Memory, 92

Redial, 76

Registering a Group Dial Number, 87

Resolution, 78

Secure Receive, 79, 85

Secure Receive Activation, 85

Send, 76

Send Options, 80

Setup, 166

Speed Dial, 76, 86

Fax Auto Report, 169

Fax Forward, 83

Fax From PC, 90

Fax Number, 76

Fax Options, 78

Fax Procedure, 74

Fax Receiving Setups, 167

Fax Regulations, 245

Canada, 246

Europe, 247

United States, 245

Fax Sending Setups, 166

Fax Setup, 27

Fax Setups

Auto Report, 169

Fax Specifications, 228

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

256

Connection Approvals, 228

Resolution Capability, 228

Telephone Line Type, 228

Transmission Speed, 228

FCC Regulations, 238

Feature Defaults, 159

Feature Selection

Copy, 33

Feature Specifications, 228

File Download, CentreWare Internet

Services, 137

File Format, 54, 69

Font/Text, 107

Formatting a USB Memory Device, 129

Forward, 79

Forwarding Received Faxes, 83

Forwarding Sent Faxes, 83

Front Cover, 8

FTP, 45

Further Assistance, 30, 221

General Care, 182

General Care and Troubleshooting, 181

Getting Started, 7

Graphics Tab, 107

Group Address

Delete, 140

Group Dial, 87

Delete, 140

Registering a Group Dial Number, 87

Handle, 8

Health & Safety Contact Information, 252

Help, 30, 221

Home Page, CentreWare Internet Services, 132

ID Card Copy, 37, 39

IEEE 1284 Parallel Connector (Optional), 9

Image Manager, 61

Information, 25

Information Pages, 25, 157

Inserting a Pause, 14

Inserting the USB Memory Device, 126

Inside the Machine, 196

Install Printer Software, 94

Internal Areas, 186

Internet Services, 131

Create a Group Address in the Address

Book, 139

File Download, 137

Home Page, 132

Jobs, 134

Print, 137

Properties, 141

Status, 133

Interrupt button, 13

Interrupt Printing button, 12

Job Interrupt, 35

Job Status

Copy, 35

E-mail, 67

Fax, 77

Scan, 51

Job Status button, 12

Job Timeout, 171

Job Type Settings

Linux, 60

Jobs, CentreWare Internet Services, 134

Keypad, 12, 13

Keypad Characters, 14

Keypad Dial, 76

Language, 170

Layout, 37

Layout Options, 104

Lighten/Darken, 36, 54, 69, 78

Linux, 60

Image Manager, 61

Printer Properties, 120

Linux Printing, 120

Linux Problems, 210

Linux Scanning, 60

Loading Documents, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74

Loading Paper, 18, 143, 144

Bypass Tray, 145

Envelopes, 146

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

257

Media Specifications, 150

Media Types, 151

Paper Size and Type, 148

Paper Trays 1 and 2, 144

Loading the Paper Trays, 144

Local Printer, 94

Local Scanning, 45, 47

Locating the Serial Number, 221

Machine Cleaning, 29, 184

Machine components, 10

Machine Configurations, 224

Accessibility, 224

First Copy Out Time, 224

Hardware, 224

Machine Size, 224

Machine Weight, 224

Speed, 224

Warm Up Time, 224

Machine Fax No., 170

Machine ID, 170

Machine Information, 25

Machine Overview, 8

Machine Parts, 8

Machine Power, 11

Machine Report, 221

Machine Serial Number, 182, 221

Machine Settings, 170

Machine Specifications, 223, 224

Machine Status, 25

Serial Number, 182

Machine Status and Setups, 153

Machine Status button, 12

Machine Status Menu, 154

Macintosh, 58

2 Sided, 118

Layout, 117

N-up Printing, 118

Scanning from a Network Machine, 58

Scanning with USB Connection, 58

Toner Save Mode, 118

Macintosh Printing

Features, 118

Graphics, 117

Paper, 118

Resolution, 117

Macintosh Problems, 212

Maintenance, 175, 182, 236

Maintenance Safety Information, 236

Making Copies, 31, 32

Managing USB Memory, 129

Manual Dial, 76

Manual Dial + .com, 13

Manual Receive, 91

Margin Shift, 38

Material Safety Data, 248

Media, 143

Media Output Locations, 23

Media Specifications, 150, 225

Media Types, 151

Menu Overview, 15

Messages, 198

Meter Reading, 26, 155

Methods of Scanning, 46

Metric Defaults, 170

Moving the Machine, 187

Multi Send, 79, 80

Network Port, 9

Network Scanning, 45, 47

Network Settings, 28, 178

Networked Printer, 96

Number of Copies, 34

Number of Prints, 26, 105, 155

Numeric Keys, 13

Numeric keys, 13

N-up printing, 118

OK button, 12

On/Off, 11

Operational Safety, 231

Operational Safety Information, 234

Optional Tray 2, 194

Options

Copy, 36

E-mail, 68

Scan, 53

Orientation, 104

Original Size, 36, 53, 68, 79

Original Type, 37, 53, 68

Originals, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74

Output Area, 196

Output Color, 53, 68

Output Module Specifications, 226

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

258

Output Options, 111

Output Tray, 8, 23, 43, 185

Output Tray Support, 8

Overlay, 110

Overview

Scanning, 46

Overview of your Machine, 8

Paper and Media, 143

Paper Curls, 192

Paper Feeding Problems, 203

Paper Jams, 192, 193

Avoiding Paper Curls, 192

Paper Level Indicator, 8

Paper Loading, 18, 144

Bypass Tray, 145

Envelopes, 146

Media Specifications, 150

Media Types, 151

Paper Size and Type, 148

Paper Trays 1 and 2, 144

Preparation, 144

Paper Options, 105

Paper Settings, 173

Paper Size and Type, 148

Paper Supply

Copying, 33

Paper Supply Specifications

Bypass Tray, 225

Trays 1 & 2, 225

Paper Tab, 105

Paper Tray 1, 8

Paper Tray 2 (Optional), 8

Paper Tray Rear Cover, 9

Paper Trays, 143

Password, 154

Pause, 14

Pause / Redial, 76

Pause / Redial button, 13

Poster Copy, 37, 41

Power Consumption, 227

Power On/Off, 11

Power Outlet Electrical Safety, 234

Power Receptacle, 9

Power Save, 171

Power Saver button, 13

Power Switch, 9

Preparing Paper for Loading, 144

Print, 93

2 sided, 105

Advanced Tab, 108

Basic Tab, 103

Earth Smart Tab, 111

Easy Printer Manager, 113

File Download, 137

Font/Text, 107

Graphics Tab, 107

Install Software, 94

Layout Options, 104

Linux, 120

Linux Printer Properties, 120

Local Printer, 94

Macintosh 2 Sided, 118

Macintosh Graphics, 117

Macintosh Layout, 117

Macintosh N-up, 118

Macintosh Printer Settings, 117

Macintosh Printing Features, 118

Macintosh Printing Paper, 118

Macintosh Printing Resolution, 117

Macintosh Toner Save, 118

Networked Printer, 96

Number of Copies, 105

Orientation, 104

Output Options, 111

Overlay, 110

Paper Options, 105

Paper Tab, 105

Print using Windows, 94

Quality, 104

Scaling Options, 106

Toner Save, 107

Unix, 122

USB Port, 128

Watermark, 109

Xerox Tab, 112

Print Cartridge, 29, 182

Storage and Handling, 182

Toner Level, 184

Print Cartridge Replacement, 183

Print Cartridge Toner Level, 184

Print Procedure, 102

Print Specifications, 228

Print, CentreWare Internet Services, 137

Printer Drivers, 16

Printer Settings

Macintosh, 117

Printer Software, 94

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

259

Printing a Machine Report, 221

Printing from USB, 125, 128

Printing Problems, 205

Printing Quality Problems, 213

Printing Reports, 25, 157, 221

Printing the Address Book, 89

Printing the Information Pages, 157

Priority Send, 79, 82

Problem Solving, 188

Problems

Bypass Tray, 195

Copying, 217

Fault Messages, 198

Fax, 219

Inside the Machine, 196

Linux, 210

Macintosh, 212

Output Area, 196

Paper Feeding, 203

PostScript, 208

Print Quality, 213

Printing, 205

Scanning, 218

Tray 1, 194

Tray 2, 194

Windows Printing, 209

Product Configurations, 10

Product Recycling and Disposal, 249

Product Safety Certification, 237

Properties,CentreWare Internet Services, 141

Quality, 104

Quality Problems, 213

Quantity, 34

Radio Equipment & Telecommunications

Terminal Equipment Directive, 247

Rear Door, 9, 23, 24, 44

Receiving, 167

Receiving Faxes, 91

Answering Machine, 91

DRPD Mode, 91

Manual Receive, 91

Receiving Faxes in Memory, 92

Receiving Secure Faxes, 85

Redialing, 76

Reduce/Enlarge, 36

Reducing Background, 37

Regulations, 231

Canada, 238

Copy, 242

European Union, 239

Fax, 245

FCC Regulations United States, 238

Turkey RoHS Regulation, 241

United States, 238

Relocating your Machine, 187

Remote Fax Number, 76

Replaceable Consumable, 29, 182

Replacing the Print Cartridge, 183

Reports, 25, 157, 221

Resolution, 53, 68, 78

Safety, 231

Basic Regulations, 238

Certification, 237

Consumables, 237

Contact Information, 252

Disconnect Device, 236

Electrical Supply, 234

Emergency Power Off, 236

Ozone Information, 236

Safety Contact Information, 252

Safety Labels and Symbols, 233

Scaling Options, 106

Scan, 45

Contrast, 54

File Format, 54

Lighten/Darken, 54

Linux, 60

Macintosh, 58

Original Size, 53

Original Type, 53

Output Color, 53

Resolution, 53

Using Stop, 52

Using WIA Driver, 57

Scan Assistant, 55

Scan Defaults, 27, 161

Scan Destination

Scan to Local PC, 48

Scan to Network PC, 49

Scan to SMB, 49

Scan to USB, 48

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

260

USB, 127

Scan Destinations

Scan to FTP, 49

Scan Options, 53

Scan Procedure, 47

Scan Specifications, 229

Image Compression, 229

Scan to FTP, 49

Scan to Local PC, 48

Scan to Network PC, 49

Scan to SMB, 49

Scan to USB, 48

Scan Using TWAIN, 56

Scanning, 46, 47

Linux Job Type Settings, 60

Scanning Methods, 46

Scanning Problems, 218

Scanning to USB, 125, 127

Secure Fax

Printing, 85

Secure Receive, 79, 85

Activation, 85

Send Options, 80

Send Report, 25

Sending a Fax, 73, 74

Sending a Print Job, 93, 102

Sending an E-mail, 63, 64

Sending Setups, 166

Sent Report, 25

Serial Number, 182, 221

Services

Copy, 31

E-mail, 63

Fax, 73

Fax from PC, 90

Print, 93

Scan, 45

USB Port, 125

Setting Paper Size and Type, 148

Setting up DRPD Mode, 168

Settings, 170

Setup Options, 154

Setups, 153

Fax Auto Report, 169

Size of Original, 36

Small Original, 38

Smart Key Addresses, 71

SMB, 45

Software, 16

Solving Problems, 188

Sound Settings, 174

Special Media, 151

Specifications, 223, 226

Bypass Tray, 225

Connection Approvals, 228

Electrical, 227

Electrical Voltage, 227

Fax, 228

Features, 228

Image Compression, 229

Machine, 224

Machine Configurations, 224

media, 225

Output Modules, 226

Power Consumption, 227

Print, 228

Resolution Capability, 228

Scan, 229

Telephone Line Type, 228

Transmission Speed, 228

Trays 1 & 2, 225

Speed Dial, 76, 86

Start

Copy, 34

E-mail, 66

Fax, 76

Scan, 51

Start button, 12, 13

Status, 25

Status Information, 153

Status Menu, 154

Status, CentreWare Internet Services, 133

Stop

E-mail, 67

Stop button, 12, 13

Stop the Job, 52

Copy, 35

Fax, 77

Support, CentreWare Internet Services, 142

System Setup, 28, 170

System Timeout, 171

Technical Specifications, 223

Telephone Line Socket, 9

Tips for Avoiding Paper Curls, 192

Tips for Avoiding Paper Jams, 193

Toner Level, 25, 184

Toner Replacement, 29, 182

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

261

Toner Save, 107, 172

Toner Save Mode, 118

Total Impressions, 26, 155

Tray 1, 194

Troubleshooting, 181, 188

Turkey RoHS Regulation, 241

TWAIN, 45, 56

United States (FCC Regulations), 238

Unix Printing, 122

USB Connection

Macintosh, 58

USB Memory Port, 8

USB Port, 125

Deleting an Image File, 129

Formatting, 129

Inserting the Device, 126

Memory Management, 129

Memory Status, 129

Print, 128

Scan, 127

Using Group Dial Numbers, 88

Using Stop, 35, 67, 77

Using the Bypass Tray, 145

Using the Machine, 7

Viewing the USB Memory Status, 129

Watermark, 109

WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC, 249

WIA Driver, 57

Windows

Printing, 94

Windows Problems, 209

Wireless Setting Program, 114

Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM), 113

Xerox Support Center, 30, 221

Xerox Tab, 112

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

262

Xerox Workcentre 3315 3325 Users Manual User_guide_

3315DN to the manual 9338c97a-206b-4736-9ec6-56a5d155b78a

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation